1 #LyX 1.6.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1621 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1673 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1674 is used to propose completions.
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1679 there are completions available.
1680 You can then press the
1684 key to use this completion.
1685 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1686 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1687 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1702 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1705 by deselecting the option
1712 Automatic inline completion
1714 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1715 To accept this proposal, use the
1724 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1725 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1733 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1740 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1820 LyX's default is CUA.
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1835 \begin_inset space ~
1856 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1860 \begin_layout Labeling
1861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1866 LatexCommand nomenclature
1868 description "Tabulator key"
1874 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1875 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1893 , especially section
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sub:Lists"
1906 If you're still confused, look in the
1913 \begin_layout Labeling
1914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1919 LatexCommand nomenclature
1921 description "Escape key"
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1935 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1936 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1939 \begin_layout Labeling
1940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1946 \begin_inset space ~
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1957 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1958 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are three modifier keys:
1966 \begin_layout Labeling
1967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1986 LatexCommand nomenclature
1988 description "Control key"
1992 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1993 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1997 \begin_layout Itemize
2006 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2009 \begin_layout Itemize
2018 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2021 \begin_layout Itemize
2030 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2054 LatexCommand nomenclature
2056 description "Shift key"
2060 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2061 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2064 \begin_layout Labeling
2065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2084 LatexCommand nomenclature
2086 description "Alt or Meta key"
2090 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2091 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2092 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2098 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2100 menu accelerator keys
2103 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2104 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 For example, the sequence
2110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 There are also other things bound to the
2178 key, but you'll have to check in the
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2191 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2192 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2193 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2194 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2195 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2196 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2197 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2198 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 followed by a capital
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2222 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2229 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2232 as explained in sec.
2233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2239 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_inset Formula \[
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2380 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2381 can be found in chapter
2383 Special Document Classes
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2396 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2416 \begin_layout Description
2417 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2418 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2419 There are three article layouts available.
2420 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2421 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2422 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2423 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2428 sequential numbering
2429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2432 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2433 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2434 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2435 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 Beamer Layout for presentations
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2444 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2448 \begin_layout Description
2450 \begin_inset space ~
2453 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2463 Die TeXnische Komödie
2465 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Foils Used to make transparencies
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2482 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2488 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2501 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 LaTeX document class
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2520 \begin_layout Description
2525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2533 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2535 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Slides Used to make transparencies
2542 \begin_layout Description
2544 \begin_inset space ~
2547 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2548 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2555 \begin_layout Description
2560 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2566 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2571 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2572 of the document classes.
2575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2598 in the chosen document class.
2599 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Each class has a default set of options.
2667 Here's a quick table describing them:
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2677 \begin_layout Standard
2679 \begin_inset Tabular
2680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 You're probably also wondering what
3149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3153 \begin_inset space ~
3157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3161 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3162 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3167 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3172 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3182 headings, there are also
3190 headings, and so on.
3191 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sub:Headings"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 \begin_layout Standard
3239 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3252 \begin_inset space ~
3257 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3259 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3260 to use for your document.
3261 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3284 You can choose between the following five options:
3287 \begin_layout Labeling
3288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3293 Use default page style of current class.
3296 \begin_layout Labeling
3297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3302 No page numbers or headings.
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3321 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3322 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3325 \begin_layout Labeling
3326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3331 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3347 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3348 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3350 Check the documentation for the
3354 package for more details,
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3369 of paragraphs is described in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3384 Paper Size and Orientation
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 Document ! Paper size
3395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3397 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 You'll find the following options in the menu
3408 \begin_inset space ~
3413 of the dialog of the
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Labeling
3434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3443 What size paper to print on.
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Itemize
3487 \begin_layout Itemize
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3499 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3510 \begin_layout Labeling
3511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3520 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3521 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3524 \begin_layout Subsection
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 Paper margins are set in the menu
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3576 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3577 the paper format and the font size into account.
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3585 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3590 That includes the paragraph environments.
3591 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3592 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3593 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3594 paragraph environments to
3598 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3599 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3600 the conversion and why it failed.
3603 \begin_layout Section
3604 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3609 Paragraph ! Indentation
3617 \begin_layout Subsection
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3621 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3630 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3635 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3636 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3637 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3641 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3647 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3648 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3649 language than English.
3650 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3655 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3657 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3658 LyX takes care of that.
3659 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3661 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3662 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3663 of a page, and so on.
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3673 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3674 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3678 of these pre-coded spacings.
3679 We'll explain more later.
3682 \begin_layout Subsection
3683 Paragraph Separation
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 Paragraph ! Separation
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 To separate paragraphs, select
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3728 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3729 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3730 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3744 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3751 reference "cap:Units"
3756 The default length is 30
3757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 dialog and toggle the
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3787 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3788 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3793 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3794 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3803 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3843 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3852 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3857 installed to use this feature.
3865 \begin_layout Section
3866 Paragraph Environments
3867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3869 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 Paragraph ! Environments
3887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3888 Paragraph environments|(
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3923 \begin_inset Newline newline
3926 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3927 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3928 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3937 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 A paragraph environment is simply a
3942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3950 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3951 scheme, labels, and so on.
3952 Additionally, you can
3953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3960 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3961 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3962 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3963 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3964 days of typewriters.
3965 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3967 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3972 \begin_inset Graphics
3973 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3979 at the left end of the toolbar.
3980 LyX will change the environment of the
3984 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3985 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3986 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3999 create a new paragraph using the
4003 paragraph environment.
4005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4012 because if you are in one of these environments:
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4062 , rather than resetting it to
4067 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4068 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4069 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4070 \begin_inset space ~
4074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4076 reference "sec:Nesting"
4081 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4086 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4087 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4091 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4097 \begin_layout Subsection
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 The default paragraph environment is
4107 It creates a plain paragraph.
4108 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4109 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4110 this manual) are in the
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 You can nest a paragraph using the
4122 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4130 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4154 for thanks or contact information.
4155 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4156 page along with today's date.
4157 For other types of documents, the title
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4165 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4170 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4184 Here's how you use them:
4187 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 Put the title of your document in the
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Put the author name in the
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4205 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4211 Note that using this environment is optional.
4212 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4213 If you don't want any date, add the line
4214 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 to the preamble of your document (menu
4229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 You can use footnotes to insert
4237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4244 or contact informations.
4247 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4269 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4270 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 Section headings ! Numbered
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4336 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4337 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4342 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4343 You group the book into chapters.
4344 LyX does similar grouping:
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 is divided in either
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4432 Not all document types use the
4436 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4441 is the top-level heading.
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4454 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4455 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4457 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4527 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4528 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4529 table of contents, see section
4530 \begin_inset space ~
4534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4544 Changing the Numbering
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4556 in the Table of Contents.
4557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4559 Certain classes start with
4573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4583 This is something you can change.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4613 \begin_inset space ~
4618 you'll see two counters.
4623 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4625 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4630 Short Titles of Headings
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4635 Section headings ! Short titles
4644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4653 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4662 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4663 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4664 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4669 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4670 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4671 To specify a short title, use the menu
4673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4675 \begin_inset space ~
4681 This will insert a box labeled
4682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4697 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4698 This also works for captions inside floats.
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 The following information applies to all section headings:
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4725 \begin_layout Itemize
4726 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4729 \begin_layout Subsection
4730 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4734 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4748 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4749 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4750 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4751 the text they contain.
4752 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4760 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4773 when you start a new paragraph.
4774 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4778 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4779 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4780 to change back to the
4784 environment yourself.
4787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4817 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4818 time for the differences.
4827 are identical except for one difference:
4831 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4840 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Here's an example of the
4857 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4859 See -- no indentation!
4863 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4864 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4865 the other paragraph.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Here's another example, this time in the
4876 \begin_layout Quotation
4882 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4883 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4884 the first line, then
4888 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4892 you were quoting other text.
4895 \begin_layout Quotation
4896 Here's a new paragraph.
4897 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4898 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 As the examples show,
4906 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4907 They should put quotes in the
4912 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4916 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4956 \begin_layout Standard
4961 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4967 \begin_inset Newline newline
4970 Which I did not rehearse!
4974 It could be much worse.
4975 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4977 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4978 indented a bit more than the first.
4979 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 And make things look fine
4989 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 arg "newline-insert newline"
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5006 does not indent both margins.
5007 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5008 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5015 arg "newline-insert newline"
5021 \begin_layout Subsection
5026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5053 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5062 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5063 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5064 some general features of all four of them.
5067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5074 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5083 reset the environment to
5087 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5088 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5089 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5096 to break paragraphs.
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5101 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5103 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5104 you read all of section
5105 \begin_inset space ~
5109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5111 reference "sec:Nesting"
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5149 paragraph environment.
5150 It has the following properties:
5153 \begin_layout Itemize
5154 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 The items can have any length.
5169 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5170 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5177 \begin_layout Itemize
5182 environment inside another
5186 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5195 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 \begin_inset space ~
5204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5206 reference "sec:Nesting"
5210 for a full explanation of nesting.
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5215 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5224 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5228 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5229 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5230 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5233 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 The label for the first level
5238 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the second level is a dash.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back out to the third level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the second level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the outermost level.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 These are the default labels for an
5277 You can customize these labels in the
5279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5282 dialog in the submenu
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5303 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5336 name "sec:Enumerate"
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5348 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5349 It has these properties:
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 environment resets the counter to one.
5374 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5389 Items can have any length.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5414 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5415 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5422 \begin_layout Enumerate
5423 The first level of an
5427 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the third level
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5471 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5476 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 There is more to nesting
5485 environments than we've stated here.
5486 You should read section
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5497 to learn more about nesting.
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5523 list has no fixed label.
5524 Instead, LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of the first line as the label.
5536 \begin_layout Description
5537 Example: This is an example of the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5558 it is meant that the first hit of the
5562 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5564 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5572 arg "space-insert protected"
5577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 \begin_inset space ~
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5596 for more info.) Here is an example:
5599 \begin_layout Description
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 Example: This one shows how to use a
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5619 \begin_layout Description
5620 Usage: You should use the
5624 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5625 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5627 It's not a good idea to use a
5631 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5632 You're better off using
5644 paragraphs into them.
5647 \begin_layout Description
5648 Nesting: You can nest
5652 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5658 them from the first line.
5661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5684 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5696 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5701 environment is named
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5723 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5726 \begin_layout Labeling
5727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5732 labels LyX uses the first
5733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5740 of each line as the item label.
5745 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5746 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5747 blank as described above.
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5753 the body of the item text.
5754 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5755 label width plus a little extra space.
5759 \begin_layout Labeling
5760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5762 \begin_inset space ~
5765 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5767 If the label width is larger, the label
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 into the first line.
5776 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5777 margin of the rest of the item text.
5780 \begin_layout Labeling
5781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5786 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5791 environment have the same left margin.
5792 \begin_inset Newline newline
5795 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5814 determines the default label width.
5815 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 multiple times instead.
5825 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5842 every time you alter a label in a
5847 \begin_inset Newline newline
5850 The predefined default width is the length of
5851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5860 \begin_inset Newline newline
5864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5872 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5873 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5886 environment the same way like the
5890 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5896 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5905 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5907 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sec:Nesting"
5919 to learn about nesting.
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There is yet another feature of the
5927 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5929 You can use additional
5933 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5938 are documented in section
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5945 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5950 Here are some examples:
5951 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5957 \begin_layout Labeling
5958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5959 Left The default for
5966 \begin_layout Labeling
5967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5975 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5978 \begin_layout Labeling
5979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5991 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5994 \begin_layout Subsection
5999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6039 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6040 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6041 In contrast, you can use the
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6054 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6059 Of course, you're not limited to using
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6081 some European academic papers.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6088 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6100 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6101 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6105 \begin_inset space ~
6110 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6111 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6112 Here's an example of each:
6115 \begin_layout Right Address
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6128 When is it? What is today?
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6135 \begin_inset space ~
6141 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6142 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6143 Here's an example of the
6150 \begin_layout Address
6152 \begin_inset Newline newline
6155 Where do I send this
6156 \begin_inset Newline newline
6159 Your post office and country
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 As you can see, both
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6180 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6186 This makes sense, since
6194 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6195 Thus, you have to use
6202 arg "newline-insert newline"
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6211 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6222 menu) to start a new line in an
6229 \begin_inset space ~
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6243 or list of references.
6244 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6268 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6269 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6270 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6271 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6275 in anything else or vice versa.
6281 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6282 The book document classes ignores the
6286 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6290 in a letter document class.
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6298 environment does several things for you.
6299 First, it puts the centered label
6300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6308 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6310 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6311 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6312 the subsequent text.
6313 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6314 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6318 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 The new paragraph will still be in the
6328 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6329 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6333 \begin_inset Float figure
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6340 \begin_inset Graphics
6341 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6350 \begin_inset Caption
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6381 environment, but since this document is in the
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 class, we can't do this.
6390 We inserted it therefore as figure
6391 \begin_inset space ~
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6402 If you've never heard of an
6403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6443 environment is used to list references.
6444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6445 only use it at the end of the document.
6450 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6454 When you first open a
6458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6474 depending on the document class.
6475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6476 Each paragraph of the
6480 environment is a bibliography entry.
6485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6486 Each new paragraph is still in the
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6495 by using a BibTeX database.
6496 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6497 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6498 \begin_inset space ~
6502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6511 \begin_layout Subsection
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6519 Paragraph ! LyX code
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment is another LyX extension.
6540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6545 key as a fixed whitespace;
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6572 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6575 arg "newline-insert newline"
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 So, when you finish using the
6597 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6598 Also, you can nest the
6602 environment inside of others.
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6621 \begin_inset space \space{}
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6641 arg "newline-insert newline"
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 arg "space-insert protected"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6677 You must put at least one
6681 in any line you want blank.
6682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6690 since that will insert
6695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6698 arg "self-insert \""
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 printf("Hello World!
6730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 This is just the standard
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6757 rc-files, and so on.
6758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6759 as if you used a typewriter.
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 Paragraph environments|)
6772 \begin_layout Section
6773 Nesting Environments
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 Nesting ! Environments
6784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6793 \begin_layout Subsection
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6800 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6802 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6804 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6840 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6869 will tell you how far you are nested).
6870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6877 \begin_inset Graphics
6878 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6882 or the convenient key bindings
6893 arg "depth-increment"
6899 arg "depth-decrement"
6902 to change the nesting level.
6903 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6904 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6910 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6911 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6912 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6917 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6919 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6922 \begin_layout Subsection
6923 What You Can and Can't Nest
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6928 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6933 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6934 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 Completely unnestable
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6943 other things inside of them.
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6953 environments have them:
6956 \begin_layout Description
6957 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6958 Can't nest into them.
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 Nestable You can nest them.
6999 You can nest other things into them.
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Description
7053 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7054 You can't nest anything into them.
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7179 \begin_inset space \space{}
7182 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7183 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7184 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7192 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7208 affected by nesting anyhow.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 Figures and tables in
7238 are not affected by this.
7243 Have a look at section
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7250 reference "sec:Floats"
7254 for more informations about
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7263 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 of its own, it behaves just like a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7284 paragraph environment.
7285 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 Here's an example with a table:
7293 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 This is (a) and it's nested.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7312 \begin_inset Tabular
7313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7422 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 This is (a) and it's nested.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7441 \begin_inset Tabular
7442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7558 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 This is (a) and it's nested.
7570 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7579 \begin_inset Tabular
7580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7695 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7696 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7700 \begin_layout Subsection
7701 Usage and General Features
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 is the innermost possible depth.
7715 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 level #1 - outermost
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7754 both of them in the example.
7755 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7765 For example, if we tried to nest another
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7796 We have several examples of nested environments.
7797 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7816 \begin_layout Labeling
7817 \labelwidthstring MMM
7818 #2-a This is level #2.
7819 We created it by using
7822 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7828 arg "depth-increment"
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring MMM
7837 #3-a This is level #3.
7838 This time, we just hit
7845 arg "depth-increment"
7849 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7853 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7859 arg "depth-increment"
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment, nested inside of
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 So, it's at level #4.
7881 We did this by hitting
7884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7893 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7898 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #4-a This is level #4.
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7937 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7942 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7946 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7951 keep nesting things inside of
7952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 and this is level #6.
7974 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #5-b Back to level #5.
7984 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7990 arg "depth-decrement"
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8008 arg "depth-decrement"
8011 , we're back at level #4.
8015 \begin_layout Labeling
8016 \labelwidthstring MMM
8017 #3-b Back to level #3.
8018 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8022 \begin_layout Labeling
8023 \labelwidthstring MMM
8024 #2-b Back to level #2.
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8032 After this sentence, we'll hit
8036 and change the paragraph environment back to
8043 \begin_layout Standard
8044 We could have also used the
8060 environment in place of the
8065 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8069 Example 2: Inheritance
8072 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8088 , after which, we'll change to the
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8101 environment, at level #2.
8104 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 Notice how the nested
8109 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8113 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We ended this example by hitting
8123 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8127 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8130 arg "depth-decrement"
8136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8137 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8159 This is level #1, in an
8163 paragraph environment.
8164 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8183 Now, what happens if we nest an
8187 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8188 label be? An asterisk?
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8203 So, its label is a bullet.
8204 (We got here by using
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-increment"
8216 , then changing the environment to
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 Here's level #4, produced using
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-increment"
8238 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8243 \begin_layout Enumerate
8244 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8251 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8255 , because we are in the
8264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8289 type of numbering does LyX use?
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8299 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 arg "depth-decrement"
8309 to decrease the depth after the next
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8328 numeral as the label.Why?
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8341 Notice, however, that LyX
8345 reset the counter for the label.
8349 \begin_layout Enumerate
8353 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8359 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8363 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8364 into the twofold-nested
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8373 The same thing happens if we do another
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8394 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8408 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8414 The same rule applies for the
8418 environment, as well.
8421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8426 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8427 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8428 same detail with how we did it.
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8445 arg "depth-increment"
8452 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8453 example in parentheses someplace.
8454 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8455 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8456 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8470 Now we'll add verse.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 It will get much worse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 arg "depth-increment"
8496 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8497 \begin_inset Newline newline
8500 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Tabular
8530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 arg "depth-increment"
8638 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8648 arg "depth-decrement"
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8660 : level #1) This is another item.
8661 Note that selecting a
8665 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8666 3 times to put the table inside the
8674 \begin_layout Quotation
8675 We're now ending the
8679 list and changing to
8684 We're still at level #1.
8685 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8686 The next set of paragraphs is a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8701 \begin_inset space ~
8706 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8710 for the letter body.
8714 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8717 to preserve the depth.
8718 Remember that you need to use
8721 arg "newline-insert newline"
8724 to create multiple lines inside the
8731 \begin_inset space ~
8741 \begin_layout Right Address
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8753 \begin_layout Address
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8766 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8767 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8768 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8769 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8770 as soon as possible.
8771 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8776 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8777 with your order, along with payment.
8780 \begin_layout Quotation
8781 We thank you again for your patience.
8784 \begin_layout Address
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8793 \begin_layout Quotation
8794 That ends that example!
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8799 just a few keystrokes.
8800 We could have easily nested an
8821 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8824 \begin_layout Section
8825 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8840 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8841 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8842 be broken at the end of a line.
8843 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8847 \begin_layout Subsection
8849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8851 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8871 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8875 Further documentation is given in section
8876 \begin_inset Newline newline
8880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8906 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 A protected space is set with
8917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8918 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 \begin_inset space ~
8932 arg "space-insert protected"
8938 \begin_layout Subsection
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8942 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8951 Spacing ! Horizontal
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 The length units are listed in Appendix
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8974 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8985 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 \begin_inset space \space{}
9011 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9012 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9019 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9024 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9025 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9028 arg "space-insert normal"
9034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9038 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9073 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9074 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9075 inside abbreviations:
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 or between values and units.
9089 Compare for example this:
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_inset Newline newline
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9110 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert thin"
9124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9139 \begin_layout Description
9141 \begin_inset space ~
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9153 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9157 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9160 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 em) space between the arrows.
9255 \begin_layout Description
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 cm space between the arrows.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9292 lists the different space sizes.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Float table
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset Caption
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9308 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9312 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9322 \begin_inset Tabular
9323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9563 in a uniform fashion.
9564 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9565 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9566 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9567 equally between themselves.
9571 \begin_layout Standard
9572 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9577 This is on the left side
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 This is on the right
9587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 That was an example in the
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9632 is one in a standard paragraph.
9633 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9637 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9641 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9649 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9737 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9738 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9739 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9743 option in the space dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 \begin_inset space \space{}
9775 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9782 What is correct English?:
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9794 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Newline newline
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9843 \begin_inset space ~
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9855 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9873 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9877 for more information about TeX-Code.
9883 In our case write the command
9890 (note the space after
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9899 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9900 That is why it is named
9901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 There exists also the commands
9925 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9926 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9929 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9974 There you find the following sizes:
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 Document ! Settings
10010 for the paragraph separation.
10011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 s are described in section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10075 If there are several
10079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10080 You can therefore use
10084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10117 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10131 Paragraph Alignment
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 There are four possibilities:
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10150 \begin_layout Itemize
10156 \begin_layout Itemize
10162 \begin_layout Itemize
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10170 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10171 the left and right margins.
10172 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10177 This paragraph is right aligned,
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10182 this one is centered,
10185 \begin_layout Standard
10187 this one is left aligned.
10190 \begin_layout Subsection
10195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10196 Page breaks ! Forced
10202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10204 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10213 can force a page break where you want one.
10214 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10215 Only if you use many
10219 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10223 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10224 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10228 have to change the page breaking.
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10232 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10234 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10237 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10239 \begin_inset space ~
10245 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10248 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10255 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10257 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10258 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10261 \begin_layout Standard
10262 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10263 at the top of a page.
10264 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10265 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10266 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10267 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10271 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10275 to learn more about
10282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10286 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10295 Page breaks ! Clear
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10304 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10305 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10306 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10307 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10308 if necessary by adding pages.
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10315 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 \begin_inset space ~
10323 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10326 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10328 \begin_inset space ~
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10337 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10338 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10341 \begin_layout Subsection
10346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10355 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10362 \begin_layout Standard
10363 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10365 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10370 \begin_inset space ~
10374 \begin_inset space ~
10382 arg "newline-insert newline"
10386 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10389 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10391 \begin_inset space ~
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10400 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10402 This is necessary to avoid
10403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10410 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10415 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10416 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10417 set a line break, e.
10418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10422 \begin_inset space \space{}
10425 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10432 reference "sec:Quote"
10437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10439 reference "sec:Verse"
10444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10446 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10453 \begin_layout Subsection
10455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10457 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 \begin_layout Standard
10479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10487 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10493 \begin_layout Section
10494 Characters and Symbols
10497 \begin_layout Standard
10498 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10499 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10504 \begin_inset space \space{}
10507 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10515 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10519 for informations how this is done.
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10528 dialog via the menu
10530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10547 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10548 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10556 \begin_layout Section
10557 Fonts and Text Styles
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10567 \begin_layout Subsection
10572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 There are two types of fonts:
10585 \begin_layout Description
10587 \begin_inset space ~
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10600 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 characters) in the font.
10606 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10607 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10608 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10609 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10610 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10611 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10612 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10613 provide a good image.
10614 \begin_inset Newline newline
10617 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10618 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10619 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10620 sizes than at small ones.
10621 \begin_inset Newline newline
10635 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_layout Description
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10659 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10660 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10661 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10662 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10663 picture manipulation program.
10664 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10665 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10666 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10667 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10668 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10670 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10671 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10672 \begin_inset Newline newline
10675 Bitmap fonts are named
10678 \begin_inset space ~
10683 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10686 \begin_layout Standard
10687 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10688 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10689 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10690 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10691 use scalable fonts.
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10695 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10696 its document properties.
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10700 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10701 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10702 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10703 font to emphasize text, you use an
10704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10712 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10713 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10717 \begin_layout Subsection
10718 Document Font and Font size
10719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10721 name "sub:Document-Font"
10729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10749 You can set the document fonts in the
10751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 Document ! Settings
10765 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10766 font shapes roman (serif),
10769 \begin_inset space ~
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 The possible options for the font include
10786 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10791 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10813 European Computer Modern
10816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10835 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10836 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10844 \begin_inset space ~
10849 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10855 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10856 There are three ways to use one:
10859 \begin_layout Itemize
10860 One way is to use the
10870 Virtual means that it
10871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10882 -glyphs from other fonts.
10883 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10905 Loading the LaTeX-package
10913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10914 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10919 with the document preamble line
10920 \begin_inset Newline newline
10927 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10928 \begin_inset Newline newline
10933 will fix the guillemet problem.
10938 and that accented characters are not
10942 glyph, they are build of
10946 characters, the accent and the letter.
10947 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10951 fonts for words with accented characters.
10952 If you search for example for the French word
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10960 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10969 and not for the glyph
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10974 \begin_inset space ~
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10984 \begin_layout Itemize
10985 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10998 , consist of these three main font types
11001 \begin_inset space ~
11030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11041 as typewriter font.
11042 \begin_inset Newline newline
11045 The differences between roman,
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11057 fonts are explained in section
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11064 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11069 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 was originally designed for newspapers.
11077 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11078 into the small newspaper columns.
11083 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11086 \begin_layout Itemize
11087 The best solution is to use the
11096 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11100 as the default font.
11101 In most cases they look the same as
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 One difference is improved kerning for the
11123 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11138 For the font size there are four possible values:
11155 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 The font sizes are the
11164 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11165 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11166 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11175 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11176 \begin_inset space ~
11180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11182 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11189 \begin_layout Standard
11194 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11195 a font to display the script characters.
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11205 So this has no effect for the document language
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11222 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11234 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11238 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11239 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11240 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11242 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11245 dialog, see section
11246 \begin_inset space ~
11250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11252 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11264 \begin_layout Subsection
11265 Using Different Character Styles
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11290 certain paragraph environments.
11291 LyX supports two character styles,
11300 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11309 style, do one of the following:
11312 \begin_layout Itemize
11313 click on the toolbar button
11314 \begin_inset Graphics
11315 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11322 \begin_layout Itemize
11323 use the key binding
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 These commands are all toggles.
11338 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11342 One typically uses the
11346 style for proper names.
11348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11355 is the original author of LyX.
11356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 A more widely used character style is the
11368 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11375 \begin_layout Itemize
11376 clicking on the toolbar button
11377 \begin_inset Graphics
11378 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11385 \begin_layout Itemize
11386 using the keybindings
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11400 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11401 es use a different font.
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 We've been using the
11409 style all over the place in this document.
11410 Here's one more example:
11413 \begin_layout Quotation
11416 Don't overuse character styles!
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11420 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11421 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11422 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11423 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11428 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11436 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11446 \begin_layout Subsection
11447 Fine-Tuning with the
11452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11454 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11473 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11474 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11475 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11476 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11477 from ordinary dialog.
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11481 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11482 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11483 \begin_inset Newline newline
11486 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11487 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 To use custom character styles, open the
11493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11495 \begin_inset space ~
11501 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11502 font property which you can choose.
11503 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11506 \begin_inset space ~
11511 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11516 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11517 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11518 environments in a snap.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11552 The possible options are:
11556 \begin_layout Labeling
11557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11562 This is the Roman font family.
11563 Normally a serif font.
11564 It's also the default family.
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11579 \begin_inset space ~
11586 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11606 This is the Typewriter font family.
11612 arg "font-typewriter"
11621 \begin_layout Labeling
11622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11627 This corresponds to the print weight.
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11638 This is the Medium font series.
11639 It's also the default series.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11650 This is the Bold font series.
11663 \begin_layout Labeling
11664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11669 As the name implies.
11674 \begin_layout Labeling
11675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11680 This is the Upright font shape.
11681 It's also the default shape.
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 s the Italic font shape
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 This is the Slanted font shape
11715 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11723 \begin_inset space ~
11730 This is the Small caps font shape
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 Alters the size of the font.
11744 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11745 nal to the document font size.
11746 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11747 what you want to do.
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 arg "font-size tiny"
11780 \begin_layout Labeling
11781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11858 arg "font-size small"
11864 \begin_layout Labeling
11865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 It's also the default size.
11883 arg "font-size normal"
11889 \begin_layout Labeling
11890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11911 arg "font-size large"
11917 \begin_layout Labeling
11918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 arg "font-size larger"
11945 \begin_layout Labeling
11946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11967 arg "font-size largest"
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 arg "font-size huge"
12001 \begin_layout Labeling
12002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12023 arg "font-size giant"
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12035 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12036 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12037 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12038 - use that instead.
12039 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12042 \begin_layout Labeling
12043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12048 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12053 \begin_layout Labeling
12054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12061 This is text with emphasize on
12064 This might seem like the same as
12068 , but it is actually a bit different.
12074 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12076 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 This is text with Underbar on.
12093 arg "font-underline"
12099 \begin_inset Newline newline
12104 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12105 when you couldn't change fonts.
12106 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12107 It's only included in LyX because some people
12111 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12114 \begin_layout Labeling
12115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12122 This is text with Noun on.
12129 , this is a logical attribute.
12130 Normally it's equivalent to
12133 \begin_inset space ~
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12148 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12149 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12153 \begin_inset space ~
12158 , which is the default
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 and means normally black, you can choose between
12202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12211 \begin_layout Labeling
12212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12217 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12218 the language of the document.
12219 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12225 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12229 \begin_inset space ~
12234 dialog, the settings are saved.
12235 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12236 \begin_inset Graphics
12237 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12242 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12243 when the dialog isn't visible.
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12255 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12256 (suppose you just set the shape to
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12275 \begin_inset space ~
12287 \begin_layout Standard
12288 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12308 \begin_layout Itemize
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 \begin_inset Newline newline
12346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12371 \begin_inset Note Note
12374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12375 For more on phantoms see section
12376 \begin_inset space ~
12380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12382 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12392 \begin_inset Newline newline
12398 \begin_layout Itemize
12403 fonts use characters with serifs.
12404 These are the small
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12412 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12413 The following example will show the difference:
12414 \begin_inset Newline newline
12418 \begin_inset Newline newline
12423 text without serifs
12426 \begin_inset Newline newline
12429 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12430 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12443 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12444 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12449 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12452 \begin_layout Section
12453 Printing and Previewing
12456 \begin_layout Subsection
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12462 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12463 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12464 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12465 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12468 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_layout Standard
12477 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12478 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12479 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12480 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12481 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12482 This happens in two stages:
12485 \begin_layout Enumerate
12486 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12487 generating a file with the extension,
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 \begin_layout Enumerate
12503 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12507 file to produce printable output.
12511 \begin_layout Subsection
12512 Output file formats
12516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12525 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12538 File formats ! ASCII
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12547 This file type has the extension
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12560 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12571 \begin_layout Standard
12572 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12574 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12575 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 File formats ! LaTeX
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 This file type has the extension
12597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12608 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12610 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12611 it manually with console commands.
12612 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12613 you view or export your document.
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12619 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12620 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 This file type has the extension
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12674 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12675 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12677 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12681 \begin_layout Standard
12682 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12691 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12696 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12697 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12698 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12699 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 File formats ! PostScript
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 This file type has the extension
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12740 PostScript was developed by the company
12744 as printer language.
12745 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12747 PostScript can be seen as
12748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 programming language
12752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12780 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12783 \begin_layout Standard
12784 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 Encapsulated PostScript
12789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 (EPS, file extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12806 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12807 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12808 whenever you view or export your document.
12809 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12810 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12811 EPS to avoid this problem.
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12817 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12818 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 This file type has the extension
12850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 Portable Document Format
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12870 (PDF) is developed by
12874 as derivative from PostScript.
12875 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12885 looks exactly the same.
12888 \begin_layout Standard
12889 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 (JPG, file extension
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 Portable Network Graphics
12926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 (PNG, file extension
12930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12943 in the background to one of these formats.
12944 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12945 will slow down your workflow.
12946 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12952 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12955 in three different ways:
12958 \begin_layout Description
12959 PDF This uses the program
12963 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12964 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12968 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12969 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12972 \begin_layout Description
12974 \begin_inset space ~
12977 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12981 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12985 \begin_layout Description
12987 \begin_inset space ~
12990 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12994 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12997 \begin_layout Standard
12998 We recommend to use
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13010 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13016 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13019 \begin_layout Subsection
13024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13033 \begin_layout Standard
13034 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13035 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13039 and choose a file type.
13040 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13043 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13046 you can use the toolbar button
13047 \begin_inset Graphics
13048 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13055 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13062 \begin_inset space ~
13068 \begin_inset Graphics
13069 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13075 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 \begin_inset Graphics
13080 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13087 arg "buffer-view ps"
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13095 viewer window using the menu
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13106 To have a real output, export your document.
13109 \begin_layout Subsection
13110 Printing the File from within LyX
13111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13113 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13120 \begin_layout Standard
13121 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13122 it directly from within LyX.
13123 To print a file, select the menu
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 or click on the toolbar button
13129 \begin_inset Graphics
13130 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13135 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13136 This file is then processed by the program
13140 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13145 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13150 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13151 printing one set to print on the other side.
13152 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13153 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13154 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 You can set the parameters in the
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13180 Note that this printer name is for the program
13189 has to be configured for this printer name.
13190 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13191 \begin_inset space ~
13195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13197 reference "sub:Printer"
13206 The printer should understand PostScript.
13209 \begin_layout Labeling
13210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 The name of a file to print to.
13216 The output will be a PostScript file.
13217 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13221 \begin_layout Section
13222 A few Words about Typography
13226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13235 \begin_layout Subsection
13240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13277 \begin_layout Enumerate
13279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13283 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_layout Enumerate
13303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13307 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13338 \begin_layout Enumerate
13340 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13344 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_layout Enumerate
13390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13394 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13416 \begin_layout Standard
13417 You generate them by inserting the
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13429 character multiple times in a row.
13430 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13431 final output, but not in LyX.
13434 \begin_layout Standard
13435 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13436 math mode and has a length of its own.
13437 Here are some examples of the
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_layout Enumerate
13453 line- and page-breaks
13454 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13464 \begin_layout Enumerate
13466 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13476 \begin_layout Enumerate
13477 Oh --- there's a dash.
13478 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13488 \begin_layout Enumerate
13489 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13503 \begin_layout Subsection
13508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13517 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13525 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13526 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13535 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13540 following the rules of the document language
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13545 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13553 \begin_inset space ~
13557 \begin_inset space ~
13564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13575 \begin_layout Standard
13576 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13581 and with unusual constructs, like
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13590 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13591 This is done with the menu
13593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13594 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13596 \begin_inset space ~
13602 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13603 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13608 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13609 a hyphen and a space in the form
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13618 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13626 as hyphenation possibility.
13627 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13628 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13629 of the LaTeX-box-command
13635 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13636 As LyX doesn't support
13642 , we have to use TeX Code.
13643 The result looks in LyX like:
13646 \begin_layout Standard
13647 \begin_inset Graphics
13648 filename clipart/mbox.png
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13657 \begin_inset space ~
13661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13663 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13670 \begin_layout Subsection
13675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13685 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13688 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13697 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13698 LaTeX then adds the
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13702 appropriate amount of space
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13709 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13712 \begin_layout Standard
13713 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13727 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13728 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13732 Here are some examples of
13736 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13739 \begin_layout Itemize
13744 \begin_layout Itemize
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13753 \begin_layout Itemize
13755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13759 this is too much space!
13762 \begin_layout Itemize
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13771 \begin_layout Standard
13772 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13775 \begin_layout Enumerate
13779 \begin_inset space ~
13784 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13785 \begin_inset space ~
13789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13791 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13800 Spaces ! inter-word
13808 \begin_layout Enumerate
13812 \begin_inset space ~
13817 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13818 \begin_inset space ~
13822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13824 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13841 \begin_layout Enumerate
13845 \begin_inset space ~
13849 \begin_inset space ~
13853 \begin_inset space ~
13860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13862 \begin_inset space ~
13867 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13868 This function is also bound to
13871 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13887 \begin_inset space \space{}
13890 this is too much space!
13893 \begin_layout Itemize
13894 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13899 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13900 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13901 LaTeX will care about this.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13914 feature described in section
13920 Additional Features
13925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13931 Typography ! Quotes
13940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13971 \begin_layout Standard
13972 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13973 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13974 and use a closing quote at the end.
13976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13984 The keyboard character,
13988 , generates this automatically.
13991 \begin_layout Standard
13992 You can change the behavior of the
13996 key using the submenu
14002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 Document ! Settings
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14024 There are six choices:
14027 \begin_layout Labeling
14028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 Use quotes like this
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14049 \begin_inset Quotes els
14053 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14059 \begin_layout Labeling
14060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14063 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14073 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14077 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14081 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14087 \begin_layout Labeling
14088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14091 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14101 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14109 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14113 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14119 \begin_layout Labeling
14120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14123 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14133 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14137 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14141 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14145 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14151 \begin_layout Labeling
14152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14155 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14165 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14169 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14173 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14177 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14183 \begin_layout Labeling
14184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14187 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14191 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14197 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14201 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14205 \begin_inset Quotes als
14209 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14216 These settings affects what character the
14223 \begin_layout Subsection
14228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14229 Typography ! Ligatures
14238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14269 name "sub:Ligatures"
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14278 print them as single characters.
14279 These groups are known as
14284 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14286 Here are the standard ligatures:
14289 \begin_layout Itemize
14293 \begin_layout Itemize
14297 \begin_layout Itemize
14301 \begin_layout Itemize
14305 \begin_layout Itemize
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14310 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14315 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14323 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14339 To break a ligature, use
14341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14362 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14387 \begin_layout Subsection
14392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14401 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 You have surely noticed, that the word
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14417 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14418 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14419 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 \begin_inset Note Note
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14443 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14452 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14457 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14461 \begin_layout Description
14462 LyX The name of the game, write
14463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 \begin_layout Description
14485 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 \begin_layout Description
14508 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 \begin_layout Description
14531 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14568 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14569 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14572 : The actual version is
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 , the previous one was
14581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14597 \begin_inset space \space{}
14600 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14602 This will look in LyX like:
14603 \begin_inset Graphics
14604 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14610 \begin_inset Newline newline
14613 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14614 \begin_inset space ~
14618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14620 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14627 \begin_layout Subsection
14632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14641 \begin_layout Standard
14642 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14643 space between two words.
14644 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 for units use the menu
14656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 \begin_inset space ~
14667 arg "space-insert thin"
14673 \begin_layout Standard
14674 Here's an example to show the differences:
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 \begin_inset Tabular
14679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14681 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14682 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 \begin_inset space ~
14693 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14705 space between number and unit
14712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14721 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14733 half space between number and unit
14746 \begin_layout Subsection
14751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14752 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14761 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14763 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14764 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14765 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14766 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14767 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14768 These bits of text became known as
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14780 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14781 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14782 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14783 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14784 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14785 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14786 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14789 \begin_layout Standard
14790 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14791 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14792 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14793 \begin_inset space ~
14797 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14799 key "latexcompanion"
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14814 ] may have more information.
14815 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14818 \begin_layout Chapter
14819 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14822 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14830 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14835 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14838 \begin_layout Section
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14860 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14863 \begin_layout Description
14865 \begin_inset space ~
14868 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14869 \begin_inset Newline newline
14873 \begin_inset Note Note
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14885 \begin_layout Description
14886 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14887 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14890 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14891 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14894 \begin_inset Newline newline
14898 \begin_inset Note Comment
14901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14902 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14910 \begin_layout Description
14912 \begin_inset space ~
14915 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14916 \begin_inset Newline newline
14920 \begin_inset Newline newline
14924 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14933 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14934 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14935 How this can be done is explained in the
14944 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14950 \begin_inset Newline newline
14954 \begin_inset Newline newline
14957 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14958 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14963 \begin_inset Graphics
14964 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14966 scaleBeforeRotation
14972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14976 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14979 \begin_layout Section
14984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14993 name "sec:Footnotes"
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15001 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15007 or the toolbar button
15008 \begin_inset Graphics
15009 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15022 \begin_inset Graphics
15023 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15032 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15061 label, the box will
15065 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15066 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15079 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 Here's an example footnote:
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15105 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15115 position where the footnote box is placed.
15116 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15117 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15118 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15119 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15120 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15125 ey are described in the
15132 \begin_layout Section
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15146 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15153 \begin_layout Standard
15154 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15155 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15159 \begin_inset space ~
15164 or the toolbar button
15165 \begin_inset Graphics
15166 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 appearing within your text.
15194 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 At the side is an example marginal note.
15208 \begin_inset Marginal
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15212 This is a marginal note.
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15222 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15223 pages, right on odd pages.
15226 \begin_layout Section
15227 Graphics and Images
15231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15250 name "sec:Graphics"
15257 \begin_layout Standard
15258 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15259 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15260 \begin_inset Graphics
15261 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15271 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15280 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15281 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15283 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15302 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15303 of the image in the output.
15304 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15308 \begin_inset space ~
15312 \begin_inset space ~
15321 \begin_inset space ~
15325 \begin_inset space ~
15329 \begin_inset space ~
15334 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15335 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15346 LaTeX and LyX options
15348 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15349 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15353 \begin_inset space ~
15358 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15359 with the image size is printed.
15363 \begin_inset space ~
15367 \begin_inset space ~
15371 \begin_inset space ~
15376 is explained in the
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15388 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15389 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15391 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15397 \begin_inset Graphics
15398 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15400 rotateOrigin center
15407 \begin_layout Standard
15408 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15409 the image into a float, see section
15410 \begin_inset space ~
15414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15416 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15423 \begin_layout Subsection
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15437 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15445 You can insert images in any known file format.
15446 But as we explained in section
15447 \begin_inset space ~
15451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15453 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15457 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15458 LyX uses therefore the program
15462 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15463 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15464 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15471 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15479 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15482 \begin_layout Description
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15487 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15488 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15489 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 Graphics Interchange Format
15494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 (GIF, file extension
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 Portable Network Graphics
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 (PNG, file extension
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 (JPG, file extension
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Description
15662 \begin_inset space ~
15665 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15667 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15668 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15669 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15670 \begin_inset Newline newline
15673 Scalable image formats can be
15674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15677 Scalable Vector Graphics
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15681 (SVG, file extension
15682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15729 Encapsulated PostScript
15730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15733 (EPS, file extension
15734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15781 Portable Document Format
15782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15785 (PDF, file extension
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15809 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15810 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15829 \begin_layout Subsection
15830 Grouping of Image Settings
15834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 Images ! Settings grouping
15843 \begin_layout Standard
15844 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15846 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15847 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15849 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15850 need to manually change each of them.
15854 \begin_layout Standard
15855 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15858 \begin_inset space ~
15862 \begin_inset space ~
15867 field in the Graphics dialog.
15868 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15869 by checking the name of the desired group.
15872 \begin_layout Section
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15894 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15895 \begin_inset Graphics
15896 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15907 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15908 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15909 from the rest of the table.
15910 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15911 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15913 Here's an example table:
15916 \begin_layout Standard
15918 \begin_inset Tabular
15919 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 \begin_layout Subsection
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16129 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16130 brings up the table dialog.
16131 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16132 where the cursor is placed currently.
16133 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16134 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16135 done on all of your selection.
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16139 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16142 \begin_inset space ~
16147 helps you in setting table properties.
16148 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16151 \begin_layout Standard
16155 \begin_inset space ~
16160 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16161 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16162 current cell respectively.
16163 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16165 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16166 of text, see section
16167 \begin_inset space ~
16171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16173 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16187 This will merge the cells to
16191 cell, spread over more than one column.
16192 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16193 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16194 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16195 in the last row without the upper border:
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16200 \begin_inset Tabular
16201 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16202 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16204 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16338 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16339 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16340 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16341 explained in the tables section of the
16344 \begin_inset space ~
16350 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16354 degrees counterclockwise.
16355 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16359 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 Most DVI-viewers are
16371 able to display rotations.
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16384 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16389 adds lines for all cell borders.
16392 \begin_layout Subsection
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 Tables ! Longtables
16407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 \begin_layout Standard
16417 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16420 \begin_inset space ~
16424 \begin_inset space ~
16433 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16434 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16437 \begin_layout Description
16442 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16443 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16444 except for the first page, if
16447 \begin_inset space ~
16455 \begin_layout Description
16459 \begin_inset space ~
16464 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16465 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16468 \begin_layout Description
16473 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16474 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16475 except for the last page, if
16478 \begin_inset space ~
16486 \begin_layout Description
16490 \begin_inset space ~
16495 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16496 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16499 \begin_layout Description
16500 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16501 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16507 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16510 \begin_inset space ~
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16519 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16520 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16521 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16522 The others will then be defined as
16527 In this context, first means first in this order:
16530 \begin_inset space ~
16542 \begin_inset space ~
16548 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16553 \begin_inset Tabular
16554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16555 <features islongtable="true">
16556 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16557 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16558 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16559 <row endfirsthead="true">
16560 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16566 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16571 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16580 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 <row endfirsthead="true">
16591 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 <row endhead="true">
16624 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16654 <row endhead="true">
16655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <row endfoot="true">
16688 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16739 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <row endlastfoot="true">
18670 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 \begin_layout Subsection
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18721 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18728 \begin_layout Standard
18729 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18730 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18731 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18732 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18736 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18737 for the cell's paragraph.
18740 \begin_layout Standard
18741 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18742 for the column in the table dialog.
18743 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18744 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18748 \begin_layout Standard
18750 \begin_inset Tabular
18751 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18754 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 This is longer now.
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18957 This is longer now.
18962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 \begin_layout Standard
18989 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18990 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18996 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19002 Selection with the mouse or with
19006 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19007 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19008 the selection from outside the table.
19011 \begin_layout Section
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19032 \begin_layout Standard
19033 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19034 have a fixed location.
19036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19043 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19051 \begin_inset space ~
19056 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19057 too much notes at the page.
19060 \begin_layout Standard
19061 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19062 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19063 and pages without text.
19064 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19065 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19066 Floats are therefore numbered.
19067 Referencing is described in section
19068 \begin_inset space ~
19072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19074 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19081 \begin_layout Standard
19082 To insert a float, use the menu
19084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19088 A box with a caption that has e.
19089 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19093 \begin_inset space \space{}
19097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19101 \begin_inset space ~
19105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19108 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19109 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19111 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19122 paragraph within the float.
19123 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19124 by left-clicking on the box label.
19125 A closed float box looks like this:
19126 \begin_inset Graphics
19127 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19132 -- a gray button with a red label.
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19136 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19137 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19140 \begin_layout Subsection
19144 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 Floats ! Figure floats
19156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19158 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19165 \begin_layout Standard
19168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19169 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19172 inserts a float with the label
19173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19179 \begin_inset space ~
19185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19189 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19190 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19191 This is what we did for Figure
19192 \begin_inset space ~
19196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19198 reference "cap:Platypus"
19203 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19204 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19205 This was done in Figure
19206 \begin_inset space ~
19210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19212 reference "cap:Escher"
19219 \begin_layout Standard
19220 \begin_inset Float figure
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 \begin_inset Graphics
19228 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19230 rotateOrigin center
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 \begin_inset Caption
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19243 name "cap:Platypus"
19247 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19261 \begin_inset Float figure
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 \begin_inset Caption
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 \begin_inset Graphics
19288 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19290 rotateOrigin center
19302 \begin_layout Standard
19303 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19305 As described in section
19306 \begin_inset space ~
19310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19312 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19316 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19321 and refer to it using the menu
19323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19327 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19336 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19348 \begin_layout Standard
19349 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19350 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19351 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19352 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19354 \begin_inset space ~
19358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19360 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19364 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19365 You can also set the images one below the other.
19367 \begin_inset space ~
19371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19373 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19380 reference "fig:Platypus"
19384 are the subfigures.
19387 \begin_layout Standard
19388 \begin_inset Float figure
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19398 \begin_inset Float figure
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 \begin_inset Caption
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19409 name "fig:Undefinable"
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 \begin_inset Graphics
19423 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19434 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19438 \begin_inset Float figure
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 \begin_inset Caption
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19449 name "fig:Platypus"
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 \begin_inset Graphics
19463 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_inset Caption
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19487 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19491 Two distorted images.
19504 \begin_layout Standard
19505 Note that the caption is added to the
19508 \begin_inset space ~
19512 \begin_inset space ~
19517 as described in section
19518 \begin_inset space ~
19522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19524 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 Floats ! Table floats
19545 \begin_layout Standard
19546 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19549 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19553 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19556 \begin_inset space ~
19560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19562 reference "cap:Table-float"
19566 is an example of a table float.
19569 \begin_layout Standard
19570 \begin_inset Float table
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset Caption
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19581 name "cap:Table-float"
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \begin_inset Tabular
19596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19750 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19806 \begin_layout Standard
19807 This float type is inserted with the menu
19809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19810 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19814 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19815 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19819 , described in section
19820 \begin_inset space ~
19824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19826 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19833 \begin_layout Standard
19834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19848 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19851 \begin_layout Standard
19856 floatname{algorithm}{your
19857 \begin_inset space ~
19863 \begin_layout Standard
19864 to the document preamble (menu
19866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19873 \begin_inset space ~
19879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19907 \begin_layout Standard
19908 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 \begin_inset Graphics
19917 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19919 rotateOrigin center
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 \begin_inset Caption
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19932 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19936 This is a wrapped figure.
19937 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19950 This float type is used if you want to
19951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19958 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19960 It can be inserted using the menu
19962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19963 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19965 \begin_inset space ~
19970 if the LaTeX-package
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19992 \begin_inset space ~
20002 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20005 \begin_inset space ~
20009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20011 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20015 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20024 Available units are explained in Appendix
20025 \begin_inset space ~
20029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20031 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20040 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20058 \begin_inset space \space{}
20061 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20062 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20063 over some other text.
20071 \begin_layout Itemize
20072 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20073 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20074 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20075 breaks will appear.
20078 \begin_layout Itemize
20079 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20080 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20083 \begin_layout Itemize
20084 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20085 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20088 \begin_layout Itemize
20089 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20092 \begin_layout Subsection
20094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20096 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20114 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20115 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20119 \begin_inset space ~
20127 \begin_layout Standard
20128 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20129 have a multi-column document).
20130 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20133 \begin_inset space ~
20139 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20140 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20147 \begin_layout Standard
20148 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20149 format is also the same: Table
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20156 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20160 is an example of a rotated table float.
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20172 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 \begin_inset Float table
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 \begin_inset Caption
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20192 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20206 \begin_inset Tabular
20207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 \begin_layout Subsection
20275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20277 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20296 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20297 \begin_inset Newline newline
20303 \begin_inset space ~
20308 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20309 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20311 \begin_inset Newline newline
20317 \begin_inset space ~
20322 is used to rotate floats, see section
20323 \begin_inset space ~
20327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20329 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20336 \begin_layout Standard
20337 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20338 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20341 \begin_inset space ~
20345 \begin_inset space ~
20353 \begin_layout Description
20355 \begin_inset space ~
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20362 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20365 \begin_layout Description
20367 \begin_inset space ~
20371 \begin_inset space ~
20374 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20377 \begin_layout Description
20379 \begin_inset space ~
20383 \begin_inset space ~
20386 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20389 \begin_layout Description
20391 \begin_inset space ~
20395 \begin_inset space ~
20398 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20401 \begin_layout Standard
20402 The order of the above option is
20407 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20415 \begin_inset space ~
20423 \begin_inset space ~
20427 \begin_inset space ~
20432 , and then the others.
20433 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20435 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20436 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20439 \begin_layout Standard
20440 By default, each options has its own rules:
20443 \begin_layout Standard
20447 \begin_inset space ~
20451 \begin_inset space ~
20456 only floats occupying less than 70
20457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20460 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20476 : only floats occupying less than 30
20477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20480 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20487 \begin_inset space ~
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20496 : only if more than 50
20497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20500 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20509 \begin_inset space ~
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20523 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20524 For this case you can use the option
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20533 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20535 Because the float is then no longer able to
20536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20543 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20548 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20551 \begin_layout Standard
20552 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20554 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20556 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20563 \begin_layout Section
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20577 name "sec:Minipages"
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20587 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20596 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20602 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20603 and its alignment within the page.
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20608 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20617 height_special "totalheight"
20620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20623 This is a minipage.
20624 The text is set in an italic style.
20627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20631 another formatting.
20639 \begin_layout Standard
20640 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20643 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20647 as described in section
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20654 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20659 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20665 \begin_layout Standard
20666 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20675 height_special "totalheight"
20678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20680 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20690 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20699 height_special "totalheight"
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20704 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20721 to other box types.
20722 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20733 \begin_layout Chapter
20734 Mathematical Formulas
20738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20779 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20792 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20795 \begin_layout Section
20800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20811 \begin_inset Graphics
20812 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20817 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20819 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20820 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20821 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20834 \begin_inset space ~
20839 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20843 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20844 line, like this one:
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 This is a line with an inline formula
20849 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20856 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20858 \begin_inset Formula \[
20863 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20867 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20873 \begin_inset space \space{}
20877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20890 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20891 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20895 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20898 \begin_inset space ~
20906 \begin_layout Subsection
20907 Navigating in Formulas
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20922 achieved with the arrow keys.
20923 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20924 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20929 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20930 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20934 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20938 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20940 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20948 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20953 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20954 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20957 \begin_layout Standard
20962 , printed in this document as
20963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20984 \begin_inset Note Note
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20988 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20989 space character (visible space).
20994 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20995 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20996 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21001 For example, if you want
21002 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21056 , since in the latter case only the
21059 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21064 will be under the square root sign:
21065 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21074 \begin_inset Formula \[
21075 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21078 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21082 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21083 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21086 \begin_layout Subsection
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21091 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21092 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21096 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21097 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21098 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21099 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21100 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21103 \begin_layout Subsection
21104 Exponents and Subscripts
21108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21129 way is to use a command.
21131 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21134 , type in a formula
21140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21156 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21162 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21166 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21187 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21196 , you have to use an extra
21200 to separate the hat and the character.
21202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21206 \begin_inset space \space{}
21210 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 Subscripts are similar: To get
21232 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21255 \begin_layout Subsection
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21270 Create a fraction with either the command
21277 \begin_inset Graphics
21278 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21292 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21293 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21294 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21299 To move back up, press
21304 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21305 \begin_inset Formula \[
21306 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21308 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21315 \begin_layout Subsection
21320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21329 \begin_layout Standard
21330 Roots can be created using the
21333 \begin_inset space ~
21339 \begin_inset Graphics
21340 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21363 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21369 produces always a square root.
21372 \begin_layout Subsection
21373 Operators with Limits
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21396 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21403 \begin_layout Standard
21405 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21409 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21412 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21413 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21414 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21415 The sum operator will automatically place its
21416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21423 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21426 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21430 \begin_inset Formula \[
21431 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21435 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21439 \begin_layout Standard
21440 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21442 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21443 behind the operator and hitting
21451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21452 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21454 \begin_inset space ~
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21467 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21475 feature as addition, such as
21479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21486 \begin_inset Formula \[
21487 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21491 which will place the
21492 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21504 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21505 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21511 \begin_layout Standard
21512 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21519 Have a look at section
21520 \begin_inset space ~
21524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21526 reference "sub:Functions"
21530 for an explanation of function macros.
21533 \begin_layout Subsection
21538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21547 \begin_layout Standard
21548 Most math symbols can be found in the
21551 \begin_inset space ~
21556 under one of several categories; including
21573 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21577 \begin_layout Standard
21578 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21579 you don't have to use the
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21587 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21588 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21591 \begin_layout Subsection
21596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21605 \begin_layout Standard
21606 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21611 arg "space-insert protected"
21617 \begin_inset space ~
21623 \begin_inset Graphics
21624 filename ../images/math/space.png
21629 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21630 Here a example for the sequence
21635 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21639 \begin_inset Graphics
21640 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21645 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21646 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21647 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21648 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21653 \begin_layout Standard
21663 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21669 \begin_layout Standard
21679 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21685 \begin_layout Subsection
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21699 name "sub:Functions"
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21710 \begin_inset space ~
21715 contains under the button
21716 \begin_inset Graphics
21717 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21721 a number of functions, such as
21722 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21726 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21734 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21741 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21742 avoid confusions, because
21743 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21747 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21754 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21756 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21760 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21766 \begin_layout Standard
21767 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21768 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21769 \begin_inset space ~
21773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21775 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21782 \begin_layout Subsection
21787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21797 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21799 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21800 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21805 \begin_inset space \space{}
21809 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21812 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21813 Our example is entered by typing
21821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21840 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21844 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21847 \begin_layout Standard
21848 \begin_inset Float table
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset Caption
21856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21859 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21863 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 \begin_inset Tabular
21874 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22464 \begin_inset space ~
22470 \begin_inset Graphics
22471 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22475 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22479 \begin_layout Section
22480 Brackets and Delimiters
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22503 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22510 \begin_layout Standard
22511 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22512 For most purposes, using just the keys
22517 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22518 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22521 \begin_inset space ~
22527 \begin_inset Graphics
22528 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22533 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22535 \begin_inset Formula \[
22536 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22538 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22542 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22543 \begin_inset Formula \[
22544 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22553 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22556 \begin_layout Standard
22557 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22558 left side and right side.
22559 If you use the option
22562 \begin_inset space ~
22567 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22568 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22569 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22570 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22573 \begin_layout Standard
22574 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22575 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22576 inside the brackets.
22577 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22582 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22597 \begin_layout Section
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22612 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22613 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22625 \begin_inset Formula \[
22626 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22649 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22650 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22651 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22654 \begin_layout Section
22655 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22689 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22692 \begin_inset space ~
22698 \begin_inset Graphics
22699 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22704 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22705 Here is an example:
22706 \begin_inset Formula \[
22707 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22710 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22714 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22715 \begin_inset space ~
22719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22721 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22726 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22727 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22728 This alignment is set in the box
22733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22781 for every column as default.
22782 For example, the sequence
22783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22794 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22795 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22796 corresponds to the relevant column.
22797 The result will look like this:
22798 \begin_inset Formula \[
22800 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22801 column & has & has\, right\\
22802 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22809 \begin_layout Standard
22810 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22813 arg "newline-insert newline"
22816 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22817 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22827 It can be created with the menu
22829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22830 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22832 \begin_inset space ~
22845 \begin_inset Formula \[
22849 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22860 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22863 arg "newline-insert newline"
22867 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22872 arg "newline-insert newline"
22875 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22883 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22884 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22885 A new row is created by every further hit of
22888 arg "newline-insert newline"
22892 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22893 Here is an example:
22894 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22895 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22896 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22900 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22901 where you want to start the shift and hit
22906 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22907 position to the next column.
22908 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22909 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22910 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22911 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22918 \begin_layout Standard
22919 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22926 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22927 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22930 reference "eq:asquared"
22935 The other types are described in section
22936 \begin_inset space ~
22940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22942 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22949 \begin_layout Section
22950 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22955 Math ! Formula numbering
22964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22965 Math ! Referencing formulas
22971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22973 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22984 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22986 \begin_inset space ~
22994 arg "math-number-toggle"
22998 The formula number appears in LyX as
22999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23006 within parentheses.
23008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23015 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23017 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23018 the document class.
23019 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23020 separated by a dot:
23021 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23022 1+1=2\end{equation}
23029 arg "math-number-toggle"
23032 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23033 You can only number displayed formulas.
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23037 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23040 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23042 \begin_inset space ~
23046 \begin_inset space ~
23050 \begin_inset space ~
23058 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23061 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23062 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23064 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23065 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23069 To number all lines use the shortcut
23072 arg "math-number-toggle"
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23079 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23082 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23083 A label is inserted with the menu
23085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23088 when the cursor is in the formula.
23089 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23090 It is recommended to use the proposed
23091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23102 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23103 type when you have many labels in your document.
23104 We inserted in the following example the label
23105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23112 in the second line:
23113 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23114 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23115 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23119 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23120 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23130 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23134 \begin_inset space ~
23140 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23141 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23142 as the formula number:
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23149 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23157 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23158 \begin_inset space ~
23162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23164 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23169 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23175 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23180 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23188 \begin_layout Section
23189 User defined math macros
23193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23204 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23205 Math macros are explained in section
23208 \begin_inset space ~
23220 \begin_layout Section
23224 \begin_layout Subsection
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23240 To set a font in a formula, use the
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23249 \begin_inset Graphics
23250 filename ../images/math/font.png
23254 , or enter its command, listed in table
23255 \begin_inset space ~
23259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23261 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 \begin_inset Float table
23274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 \begin_inset Caption
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23280 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23284 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23294 \begin_inset Tabular
23295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23357 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23417 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23532 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23566 \begin_layout Standard
23567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23591 \begin_layout Standard
23592 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23593 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23598 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23599 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23600 Here an example where a
23601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23612 denotes the set of numbers:
23613 \begin_inset Formula \[
23614 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23622 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23628 \begin_inset space \space{}
23640 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23644 \begin_inset Newline newline
23647 So better don't use this feature.
23650 \begin_layout Standard
23651 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23656 \begin_inset Newline newline
23659 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23665 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23666 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23672 \begin_layout Standard
23679 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23683 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23686 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23688 \begin_inset space ~
23696 \begin_layout Subsection
23701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23713 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23717 \begin_inset space ~
23721 \begin_inset space ~
23729 \begin_inset space ~
23735 \begin_inset Graphics
23736 filename ../images/math/font.png
23743 \begin_inset space ~
23749 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23750 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23751 Here is an example:
23752 \begin_inset Formula \[
23754 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23755 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23762 \begin_layout Subsection
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23776 \begin_layout Standard
23777 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23778 automatically chosen in most situations.
23796 For most characters,
23804 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23805 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23810 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23811 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23812 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23813 \begin_inset Graphics
23814 filename ../images/math/style.png
23819 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23820 For example, you can set
23821 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23824 , which is normally in
23833 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23837 The four styles are used in the following example:
23840 \begin_layout Standard
23841 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23845 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23849 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23853 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23861 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23865 \begin_inset space ~
23870 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23871 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23872 will be adjusted to correspond.
23873 As example a formula in the font size
23874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23884 \begin_layout Standard
23888 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23894 \begin_layout Section
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23899 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23900 the document classes and into layout modules.
23904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23910 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23911 other than the AMS classes.
23913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23915 reference "sub:Modules"
23919 for more on layout modules.
23922 \begin_layout Section
23927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23947 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23948 (AMS) that are in common use.
23951 \begin_layout Subsection
23952 Enabling AMS-Support
23955 \begin_layout Standard
23956 Selecting the checkbox
23959 \begin_inset space ~
23963 \begin_inset space ~
23967 \begin_inset space ~
23974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23982 Document ! Settings
23990 \begin_inset space ~
23995 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23997 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23998 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24001 \begin_layout Subsection
24003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24005 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24022 \begin_layout Standard
24023 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24024 LyX allows you to choose between
24045 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24048 \begin_layout Chapter
24052 \begin_layout Section
24057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24066 name "sec:Cross-References"
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24074 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24075 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24077 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24078 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24079 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24082 \begin_layout Enumerate
24086 \begin_layout Enumerate
24087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24089 name "enu:Second-item"
24096 \begin_layout Enumerate
24100 \begin_layout Standard
24101 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24106 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24107 \begin_inset Graphics
24108 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24114 A grey label box like this:
24115 \begin_inset Graphics
24116 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24121 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24122 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24157 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24162 \begin_inset space \space{}
24165 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 \begin_layout Standard
24181 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24186 or the toolbar button
24187 \begin_inset Graphics
24188 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24194 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24195 \begin_inset Graphics
24196 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24201 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24203 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24216 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24218 Here is our cross-reference:
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24223 \begin_inset space ~
24227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24229 reference "enu:Second-item"
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 It is recommended to use a protected space
24241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24242 described in section
24243 \begin_inset space ~
24247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24249 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24258 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24262 \begin_layout Standard
24263 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24266 \begin_layout Description
24267 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24270 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24277 \begin_layout Description
24278 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24279 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24291 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24298 \begin_layout Description
24299 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24300 \begin_inset space ~
24304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24305 LatexCommand pageref
24306 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24313 \begin_layout Description
24315 \begin_inset space ~
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24322 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24324 LatexCommand vpageref
24325 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24332 \begin_layout Description
24334 \begin_inset space ~
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24345 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24349 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24356 \begin_layout Description
24358 \begin_inset space ~
24361 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24362 \begin_inset Newline newline
24366 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24374 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24383 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24398 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24404 \begin_inset space \space{}
24408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24424 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24425 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24429 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24433 \begin_layout Standard
24434 You can only use the style
24438 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24442 is always possible.
24445 \begin_layout Standard
24446 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24447 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24448 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24449 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24450 \begin_inset space ~
24454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24456 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24467 \begin_inset space ~
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24476 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24477 The button text changes then to
24480 \begin_inset space ~
24485 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24486 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24487 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24491 \begin_layout Standard
24492 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24493 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24494 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24499 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 References are described in detail in the
24510 \begin_layout Section
24511 Table of Contents and other Listings
24515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24541 \begin_layout Subsection
24543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24545 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24556 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24558 \begin_inset space ~
24562 \begin_inset space ~
24568 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24569 If you click on it, the
24573 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24574 sections in your documents.
24575 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24580 that is described in sec.
24581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24587 reference "sec:Navigating"
24594 \begin_layout Standard
24595 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24596 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24598 \begin_inset space ~
24602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24604 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24608 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24610 \begin_inset space ~
24614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24616 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24620 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24622 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24625 \begin_layout Subsection
24626 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24629 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24638 You can insert them via the
24640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 \begin_inset space ~
24646 \begin_inset space ~
24652 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24655 \begin_layout Section
24656 URLs and Hyperlinks
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24679 \begin_layout Subsection
24681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24691 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24699 \begin_layout Standard
24700 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24701 \begin_inset Flex URL
24704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24721 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24725 \begin_layout Standard
24726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24734 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24742 \begin_layout Subsection
24744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24746 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24754 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24759 or with the toolbar button
24760 \begin_inset Graphics
24761 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24767 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24776 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24777 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24780 name "LyX's homepage"
24781 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24785 , an Email address like this:
24786 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24788 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24789 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24794 , or a link to a file.
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24811 to the link target.
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24816 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24817 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24818 the text style dialog.
24819 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24823 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24825 name "LyX's homepage"
24826 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24833 \begin_layout Standard
24834 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24838 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24841 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24845 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24847 \begin_inset Newline newline
24855 \begin_inset Newline newline
24862 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24865 \begin_layout Section
24870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24879 name "sec:Appendices"
24886 \begin_layout Standard
24887 Appendices are created with the menu
24889 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24891 \begin_inset space ~
24895 \begin_inset space ~
24901 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24902 as appendix region.
24903 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24908 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24909 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24910 and the subsection number.
24911 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24917 \begin_inset space ~
24921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24923 reference "cha:Credits"
24928 \begin_inset space ~
24932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24934 reference "sub:Export"
24941 \begin_layout Section
24946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24955 name "sec:Bibliography"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24964 You can include a bibliography database,
24968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24969 Known under the name
24970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24982 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24983 manually, using the paragraph environment
24987 , which was described in section
24988 \begin_inset space ~
24992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24994 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24999 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25000 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25004 use a bibliography database.
25007 \begin_layout Subsection
25008 The Bibliography Environment
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25016 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25018 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25027 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25029 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25038 , a short form of its title, as key.
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25042 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25047 or the toolbar button
25048 \begin_inset Graphics
25049 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25055 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25056 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25057 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25058 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25063 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25064 with surrounding brackets.
25069 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25070 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25085 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25090 key "latexcompanion"
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25099 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25108 \begin_layout Subsection
25109 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25114 Bibliography ! Databases
25123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25124 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25132 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25139 \begin_layout Standard
25140 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25146 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25148 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25149 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25154 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25156 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25157 your working field in a database.
25158 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25159 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25161 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25166 The database is a text file with the file extension
25167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25178 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25179 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25182 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25187 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25188 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25189 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25190 \begin_inset Flex URL
25193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25195 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 To use a database, use the menu
25206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25211 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25224 \begin_inset space ~
25230 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25231 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25234 Add bibliography to TOC
25236 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25241 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25244 \begin_layout Standard
25245 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25257 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25258 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25259 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25261 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25267 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25268 \begin_inset Newline newline
25272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25274 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25292 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25295 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25323 \begin_inset space ~
25329 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25335 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25345 When you select the option
25347 Sectioned bibliography
25351 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25354 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25355 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25357 Customizing Bibliographies
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25371 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25372 the two methods of creating them.
25373 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25374 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25375 We used the style file
25379 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25382 \begin_layout Subsection
25383 Bibliography layout
25387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 Bibliography ! Layout
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25397 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25398 For this feature you need to enable the option
25404 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25412 Document ! Settings
25422 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25423 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25424 in the previous section.
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25428 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25429 in the citation reference window.
25430 Here an example where we set the text
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25435 \begin_inset space ~
25439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25442 to appear after the reference:
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25450 key "latexcompanion"
25457 \begin_layout Section
25462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25483 \begin_inset space ~
25488 or the toolbar button
25489 \begin_inset Graphics
25490 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25508 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25509 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25510 by LyX as index entry.
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25514 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25515 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25519 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25542 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25550 A light blue box labeled
25551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25562 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25563 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25566 \begin_layout Subsection
25567 Grouping Index Entries
25571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_layout Standard
25581 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25583 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25584 lists under the entry
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25593 First we create the entry
25594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25608 reference "sub:Lists"
25613 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25614 \begin_inset space ~
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25620 reference "sec:Itemize"
25624 , we insert the command
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 for the enumerated list in section
25645 \begin_inset space ~
25649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25651 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25659 The exclamation mark
25660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25667 marks the grouping levels.
25668 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25669 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25670 If we don't have an index entry for
25671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25678 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25681 \begin_layout Subsection
25686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25687 Index ! Page ranges
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25698 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25699 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25701 \begin_inset space ~
25705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25707 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25714 \begin_layout Standard
25717 Paragraph environments|(
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25721 and another entry at the end of section
25722 \begin_inset space ~
25726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25728 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Paragraph environments|)
25741 \begin_layout Standard
25743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25766 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25767 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25768 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25769 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25770 An example is the index entry
25771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25774 Document ! Settings
25775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25781 \begin_layout Subsection
25786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25787 Index ! Cross referencing
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25796 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25797 We referred for example in the index entry
25798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25812 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25816 ) to the index entry
25817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 in the same section using the entry
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25830 GIF|see{Image formats}
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25835 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25836 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25839 \begin_layout Subsection
25844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 Index ! Entry order
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25855 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25856 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25861 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25869 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25878 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25879 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 Dummy entries ! maïs
25917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25918 Dummy entries ! maître
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25933 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25934 order maïs, maison, maître.
25935 To achieve this, we use the command
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25941 previous entry@current entry
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 In our case we want to have
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25961 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25972 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25976 \begin_layout Subsection
25981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 Index ! Entry layout
25990 \begin_layout Standard
25991 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 This is an italic dummy entry
26003 You can also format the page number using the character
26004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26011 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26012 We can write for example
26015 \begin_layout Standard
26018 italic page number:|textit
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 to get the page number in italic.
26026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26027 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26032 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26050 \begin_inset space ~
26056 Have a look at section
26057 \begin_inset space ~
26061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26063 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26067 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26079 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26083 to generate the index, see section
26084 \begin_inset space ~
26088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26090 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26099 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26100 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26102 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26105 key "latexcompanion"
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26118 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26120 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26121 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26122 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26123 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26124 If so, put the following in preamble
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26143 \begin_layout Standard
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26150 into the index entry.
26154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26155 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26160 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26161 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26162 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26172 \begin_inset space \space{}
26175 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26176 for all index entries.
26177 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26189 documentation for details,
26190 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26192 key "makeindex,xindy"
26199 \begin_layout Subsection
26204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26213 name "sub:Index-Program"
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 When the index entry program
26225 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26226 generation, otherwise the program
26230 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26231 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26232 dialog, see section
26233 \begin_inset space ~
26237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26239 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26244 The available options are listed and explained in
26245 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26247 key "makeindex,xindy"
26252 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26260 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26261 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26263 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26265 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26266 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26274 \begin_layout Section
26275 Nomenclature / Glossary
26279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26320 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26328 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26329 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26334 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26343 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26349 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26356 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26360 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26361 and then use the menu
26363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26369 \begin_inset space ~
26374 or the toolbar button
26375 \begin_inset Graphics
26376 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26377 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26394 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26399 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26400 The second is the description of the symbol.
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26404 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26412 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26420 \begin_layout Subsection
26421 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26426 Nomenclature ! Layout
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26435 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26439 field as LaTeX-formula.
26441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26445 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26453 \begin_inset Newline newline
26461 \begin_inset Newline newline
26467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26474 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26475 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26487 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26498 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26499 \begin_inset space ~
26503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26505 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26512 \begin_layout Standard
26516 \begin_inset space ~
26521 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26522 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26527 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26534 in this document is:
26535 \begin_inset Newline newline
26540 dummy entry for the character
26545 \begin_inset Newline newline
26557 \begin_inset space ~
26567 font use the command
26596 \begin_layout Subsection
26597 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26610 \begin_layout Standard
26611 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26612 the symbol definition.
26613 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26614 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26618 LatexCommand nomenclature
26620 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26627 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26631 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26632 LatexCommand nomenclature
26635 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26640 They will be sorted by
26641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26667 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26670 will be sorted before the
26674 since the character
26675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26682 is considered in sorting.
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26689 \begin_inset space ~
26694 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26695 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26697 For the given example, you can insert
26701 to this field for the
26702 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26709 will be located before
26710 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26716 \begin_layout Standard
26717 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26731 \begin_layout Subsection
26732 Nomenclature Options
26736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26737 Nomenclature ! Options
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26750 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26751 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26754 \begin_layout Description
26755 refeq Appends the phrase
26756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26771 to every nomenclature entry, where
26777 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26780 \begin_layout Description
26781 refpage Appends the phrase
26782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26797 to every nomenclature entry, where
26803 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26806 \begin_layout Description
26807 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26811 There are furthermore the options
26855 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26860 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26861 class options list in the
26863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26867 In this document the option
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26883 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26888 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26891 \begin_layout Description
26901 \begin_layout Description
26904 nomrefpage Like the
26911 \begin_layout Description
26914 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26923 \begin_layout Description
26927 \begin_inset space ~
26933 \begin_inset space ~
26938 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26941 \begin_layout Subsection
26942 Printing the Nomenclature
26946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26947 Nomenclature ! Printing
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26960 \begin_inset space ~
26964 \begin_inset space ~
26967 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26971 A light blue box labeled
26972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26983 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26984 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26997 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27005 For example, in order to change the name to
27009 , add the following line to the preamble:
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27020 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27024 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27032 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27043 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27049 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27050 \begin_inset space ~
27054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27056 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27061 The default value is 1
27062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27068 \begin_layout Subsection
27069 Nomenclature Program
27073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27074 Nomenclature ! Program
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27082 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27090 LyX uses the program
27094 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27095 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27100 by adding options, see section
27101 \begin_inset space ~
27105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27107 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27112 The available options are listed and explained in
27113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27115 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27122 \begin_layout Section
27127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27138 Document ! Branches
27144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27146 name "sec:Branches"
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27154 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27155 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27156 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27157 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27161 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27162 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27163 To create a branch, go in the
27165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27173 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27174 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27179 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27184 where you can choose a branch.
27185 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27188 \begin_layout Standard
27189 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27190 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27194 \begin_inset Branch Question
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27198 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27207 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27211 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27228 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27230 For example you can define for the question branch
27234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27235 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27236 \begin_inset space ~
27240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27242 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27254 \begin_layout Standard
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27275 and for the answer branch
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 \begin_inset Branch Question
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27371 Now it is possible to use the commands
27375 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27382 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27385 to obtain conditional output.
27386 Here is an example formula where only the
27393 \begin_inset Formula \[
27394 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27410 \begin_layout Section
27412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27414 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27436 dialog provides under
27440 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27441 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27463 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27464 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27465 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27467 You can specify in the dialog tab
27471 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27473 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27474 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27483 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27484 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27485 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27487 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27488 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27490 \begin_inset space ~
27493 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27494 \begin_inset space ~
27497 1 will only display the sections.
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27501 The header informations in the dialog tab
27505 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27506 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27511 \begin_inset space \space{}
27514 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27515 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27518 Automatic fill header
27520 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27521 title and author settings.
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27527 Load in fullscreen mode
27529 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27533 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27534 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27540 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27550 \begin_layout Section
27551 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27554 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27561 \begin_layout Subsection
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27575 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27584 constructs, but not all.
27585 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27586 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27587 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27588 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27589 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27596 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27600 \begin_inset space ~
27605 or by the toolbar button
27606 \begin_inset Graphics
27607 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27612 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27617 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27618 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27619 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27626 , you can write the command part
27632 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27636 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27637 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27638 the following example:
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 \begin_inset Graphics
27643 filename clipart/ERT.png
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 This is a line with a
27660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27692 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27693 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27701 \begin_layout Subsection
27702 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27703 \begin_inset OptArg
27706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27725 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27733 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27734 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27735 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27744 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27745 every time if you know the right commands.
27747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27751 \begin_inset space \space{}
27754 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27755 the end of the day.
27756 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27757 all caption labels bold.
27758 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27760 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27765 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27766 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 As result you know that the package
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27787 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27793 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27795 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27806 usepackage[options]{package name}
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27811 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27812 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27816 In your case the package name is
27821 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27826 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27827 So you add the command
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27835 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27838 \begin_layout Standard
27839 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27844 For more commands provided by the
27848 package, have a look at its documentation,
27849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27864 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27866 For example if you use a
27870 class, you don't need the package
27874 , you can instead write
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27882 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27888 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27889 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27890 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27897 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27902 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27904 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27905 the previous section.
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27909 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27913 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27921 \begin_layout Section
27922 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27925 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27953 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27954 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27955 to break your train of thought with
27957 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27965 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27974 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27979 as explained below, and turn on
27982 \begin_inset space ~
27989 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27995 \begin_inset space ~
27999 \begin_inset space ~
28002 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28009 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28011 Previews of an already loaded document are
28015 generated just by selecting the
28018 \begin_inset space ~
28023 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28027 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28028 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28031 \begin_inset space ~
28036 check box in the insert dialog.
28037 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28042 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28046 (on some systems named simply
28051 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28053 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28059 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28060 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28068 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28073 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28084 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28086 \begin_inset space ~
28091 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28092 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28094 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28095 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28096 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28097 the source view window.
28100 \begin_layout Section
28102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28104 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28123 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28140 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28146 can be seen as successor of
28150 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28155 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28156 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28165 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28166 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28176 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28179 or the toolbar button
28180 \begin_inset Graphics
28181 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28186 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28187 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28188 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28189 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28190 scrolled so that it is visible.
28195 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28197 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28201 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28202 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28206 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28213 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28214 will bring an error message.
28215 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28216 specifying a different
28218 Alternative language
28220 in preferences dialog.
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28224 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28227 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28233 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28235 But you can use the
28238 \begin_inset space ~
28242 \begin_inset space ~
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28252 This does work with
28256 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28259 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28268 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28271 \begin_layout Description
28273 \begin_inset space ~
28276 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28277 should consider, e.
28278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28282 \begin_inset space \space{}
28285 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28286 This should not normally be needed.
28289 \begin_layout Description
28291 \begin_inset space ~
28294 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28295 as your personal dictionary
28298 \begin_layout Description
28300 \begin_inset space ~
28304 \begin_inset space ~
28307 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28319 \begin_layout Description
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28325 \begin_inset space ~
28328 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28337 also for the spellchecker.
28341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28342 The encodings are explained in section
28343 \begin_inset space ~
28347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28349 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28358 Only enable this if you use
28362 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28363 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28364 so this is disabled by default.
28367 \begin_layout Section
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28381 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28396 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28399 or the toolbar button
28400 \begin_inset Graphics
28401 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28403 rotateOrigin center
28408 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28414 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28415 cases to find related words.
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28419 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28421 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28438 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28457 \begin_layout Section
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28473 Document ! Change Tracking
28479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28481 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28490 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28491 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28492 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28496 \begin_inset space ~
28499 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28501 \begin_inset space ~
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28519 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28522 \begin_inset space ~
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 \begin_inset Graphics
28571 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28598 \begin_inset Tabular
28599 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28600 <features islongtable="true">
28601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28602 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28608 \begin_inset Graphics
28609 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28611 rotateOrigin center
28620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28628 \begin_inset space ~
28631 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28633 \begin_inset space ~
28642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28647 \begin_inset Graphics
28648 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28650 rotateOrigin center
28659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28667 \begin_inset space ~
28670 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28672 \begin_inset space ~
28676 \begin_inset space ~
28680 \begin_inset space ~
28689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28694 \begin_inset Graphics
28695 filename ../images/change-next.png
28696 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28697 rotateOrigin center
28706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28710 Jumps to the next change
28716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28721 \begin_inset Graphics
28722 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28724 rotateOrigin center
28733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28739 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28741 \begin_inset space ~
28744 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28746 \begin_inset space ~
28755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28760 \begin_inset Graphics
28761 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28763 rotateOrigin center
28772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28778 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28780 \begin_inset space ~
28783 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28785 \begin_inset space ~
28794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28799 \begin_inset Graphics
28800 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28802 rotateOrigin center
28811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28822 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28824 \begin_inset space ~
28833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 \begin_inset Graphics
28839 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28841 rotateOrigin center
28850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28861 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28863 \begin_inset space ~
28867 \begin_inset space ~
28876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_inset Graphics
28882 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28884 rotateOrigin center
28893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28901 \begin_inset space ~
28904 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28924 \begin_inset Graphics
28925 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28927 rotateOrigin center
28936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28943 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28945 \begin_inset space ~
28954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 \begin_inset Graphics
28960 filename ../images/note-next.png
28961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28962 rotateOrigin center
28971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28977 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 \begin_inset space ~
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29004 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29005 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29006 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29007 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29008 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29009 step to the next change.
29010 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29014 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29015 to describe a change.
29018 \begin_layout Standard
29019 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29034 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29041 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29044 \begin_layout Section
29045 International Support
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 International support
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29059 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29060 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29061 how to set up LyX to use them:
29062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29064 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29072 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29073 \begin_inset space ~
29077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29079 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29086 \begin_layout Subsection
29091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 Document ! Settings
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 Document ! Language
29120 \begin_layout Standard
29123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29126 dialog lets you set
29128 the language and character encoding for your language.
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 Choose your language in the
29137 section of this dialog.
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29150 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29155 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29156 For details about the different encoding options see section
29157 \begin_inset space ~
29161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29163 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29170 \begin_layout Subsection
29171 Keyboard mapping configuration
29172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29174 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29183 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29184 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29185 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29186 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29194 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29199 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29200 which one you want to use.
29203 \begin_layout Standard
29204 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29205 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29206 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29207 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29208 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29209 one to support the characters you want.
29210 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29217 \begin_layout Subsection
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29223 \begin_inset space ~
29227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29229 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29238 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29244 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29252 \begin_layout Itemize
29253 Even if you have selected
29259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29262 dialog, users who have only the
29266 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29270 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29271 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29272 french quotes won't show up.
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29276 \begin_inset Float table
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 \begin_inset Caption
29284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29287 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 \begin_inset Tabular
29306 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 \begin_layout Standard
33738 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33740 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33741 also the characters from
33753 \begin_layout Itemize
33762 \begin_layout Standard
33763 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33770 \begin_layout Standard
33771 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33778 \begin_layout Standard
33779 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33786 \begin_layout Standard
33787 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33788 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33794 \begin_layout Standard
33796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33802 \begin_layout Standard
33804 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33810 \begin_layout Standard
33812 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33819 \begin_layout Itemize
33832 \begin_layout Standard
33834 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33840 \begin_layout Standard
33842 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33848 \begin_layout Standard
33850 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33856 \begin_layout Standard
33858 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33864 \begin_layout Standard
33866 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33872 \begin_layout Standard
33874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33881 \begin_layout Standard
33882 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33883 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33884 Also make sure you're using the
33891 \begin_layout Chapter
33894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33896 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33903 \begin_layout Standard
33904 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33905 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33906 inside the user's guide.
33909 \begin_layout Section
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33928 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33929 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33932 \begin_layout Subsection
33936 \begin_layout Standard
33937 Creates a new document.
33940 \begin_layout Subsection
33944 \begin_layout Standard
33945 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33946 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33947 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33950 \begin_layout Subsection
33954 \begin_layout Standard
33958 \begin_layout Subsection
33962 \begin_layout Standard
33963 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33964 Click there on a file to open it.
33967 \begin_layout Subsection
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33972 Closes the current document.
33975 \begin_layout Subsection
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33980 Saves the actual document.
33983 \begin_layout Subsection
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33988 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33991 \begin_layout Subsection
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33996 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33999 \begin_layout Subsection
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34004 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34005 It is described in the section
34007 Version Control in LyX
34012 \begin_inset space ~
34020 \begin_layout Subsection
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34025 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34026 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34027 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34031 When using the menu
34034 \begin_inset space ~
34038 \begin_inset space ~
34043 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34045 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34046 will start a new paragraph.
34049 \begin_layout Subsection
34051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34060 \begin_layout Standard
34061 You can export your document to various file formats.
34062 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34063 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34064 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34067 \begin_layout Standard
34068 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34070 \begin_inset space ~
34074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34076 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34083 \begin_layout Description
34087 \begin_inset space ~
34092 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34093 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34096 \begin_layout Description
34104 \begin_layout Description
34105 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34109 \begin_layout Description
34111 \begin_inset space ~
34115 \begin_inset space ~
34118 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34122 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34130 \begin_layout Description
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 \begin_inset space ~
34150 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34151 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34155 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34158 \begin_layout Description
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 \begin_inset space ~
34178 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34179 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34187 \begin_layout Description
34189 \begin_inset space ~
34192 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34200 is replaced by the version number)
34203 \begin_layout Description
34204 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34217 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34221 \begin_layout Description
34226 PDF-format using the program
34231 \begin_layout Description
34235 \begin_inset space ~
34240 PDF-format using the program
34245 \begin_layout Description
34249 \begin_inset space ~
34254 PDF-format using the program
34259 \begin_layout Description
34263 \begin_inset space ~
34271 \begin_layout Description
34275 \begin_inset space ~
34279 \begin_inset space ~
34284 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34285 and then exported as text using the program
34290 \begin_layout Description
34295 PostScript format using the program
34300 \begin_layout Description
34308 \begin_layout Standard
34313 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34314 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34320 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34324 If one of the menu entries
34331 \begin_inset space ~
34340 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34341 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34342 \begin_inset space ~
34346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34348 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34357 Reconfiguration of LyX
34365 \begin_layout Standard
34370 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34371 the export program.
34374 \begin_layout Subsection
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34379 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34380 or send it to a printer.
34381 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34382 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34388 For more informations have a look at section
34389 \begin_inset space ~
34393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34395 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34402 \begin_layout Subsection
34403 New and Close Window
34406 \begin_layout Standard
34407 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34408 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34411 \begin_layout Section
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34425 \begin_layout Subsection
34429 \begin_layout Standard
34430 Described in section
34431 \begin_inset space ~
34435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34437 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34444 \begin_layout Subsection
34445 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34448 \begin_layout Standard
34449 Described in section
34450 \begin_inset space ~
34454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34456 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34463 \begin_layout Subsection
34467 \begin_layout Standard
34468 Selects the whole document.
34471 \begin_layout Subsection
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 Described in section
34477 \begin_inset space ~
34481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34483 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34490 \begin_layout Subsection
34491 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34495 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34499 \begin_layout Subsection
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34504 Described in section
34505 \begin_inset space ~
34509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34511 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34518 \begin_layout Subsection
34523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 Paragraph ! Settings
34532 \begin_layout Standard
34533 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34535 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34538 \begin_layout Standard
34539 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34540 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34549 \begin_inset space ~
34557 \begin_layout Subsection
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34562 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34563 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34564 The properties of tables are described in section
34565 \begin_inset space ~
34569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34571 reference "sec:Tables"
34575 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34576 \begin_inset space ~
34580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34582 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34589 \begin_layout Subsection
34590 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34593 \begin_layout Standard
34594 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34596 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34597 \begin_inset space ~
34601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34603 reference "sec:Nesting"
34608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34610 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34617 \begin_layout Section
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34636 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34637 document with an external program.
34638 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34639 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34640 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34641 \begin_inset space ~
34645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34647 reference "sub:Export"
34652 You should at least see the menu entries
34659 \begin_inset space ~
34665 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34666 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34667 \begin_inset space ~
34671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34673 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34682 Reconfiguration of LyX
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34692 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34693 \begin_inset space ~
34697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34699 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34704 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34708 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34711 At the bottom of the
34715 menu the opened documents are listed.
34718 \begin_layout Subsection
34719 Open/Close all Insets
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34726 \begin_layout Subsection
34727 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34735 Math macros are described in the
34742 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34747 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34749 \begin_inset space ~
34753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34755 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34762 \begin_layout Subsection
34766 \begin_layout Standard
34767 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34768 opening a new view window.
34771 \begin_layout Subsection
34775 \begin_layout Standard
34776 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34777 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34778 the same document, but at different positions.
34779 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34780 or more documents the same time.
34781 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34788 \begin_layout Subsection
34792 \begin_layout Standard
34793 Closes a split view.
34796 \begin_layout Subsection
34800 \begin_layout Standard
34801 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34802 that you will see nothing than your text.
34803 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34804 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34805 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34808 \begin_layout Subsection
34810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34812 name "sub:Toolbars"
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34831 All toolbars and the
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34839 can be turned on and off.
34844 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34856 \begin_inset space ~
34865 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34869 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34881 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34885 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34886 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34887 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34888 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34889 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34892 \begin_layout Standard
34893 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34894 \begin_inset space ~
34898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34900 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34907 \begin_layout Section
34912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34921 \begin_layout Subsection
34925 \begin_layout Standard
34926 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34933 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34944 \begin_layout Subsection
34946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34948 name "sub:Special-Character"
34955 \begin_layout Standard
34956 Here you can insert the following characters:
34959 \begin_layout Description
34960 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34961 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34962 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34963 \begin_inset Newline newline
34967 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 Not all characters will be visible in the
34979 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
34981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34987 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
34991 ) can display every character.
34999 \begin_layout Description
35000 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35004 \begin_layout Description
35006 \begin_inset space ~
35010 \begin_inset space ~
35013 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35014 \begin_inset space ~
35018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35020 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35027 \begin_layout Description
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35032 Quote Inserts this quote:
35033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35036 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35048 \begin_layout Description
35050 \begin_inset space ~
35053 Quote Inserts this quote:
35054 \begin_inset Quotes els
35060 \begin_layout Description
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35065 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35069 \begin_layout Description
35071 \begin_inset space ~
35074 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35078 \begin_layout Description
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35083 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35087 \begin_layout Description
35089 \begin_inset space ~
35096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35112 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35113 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35114 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35129 \begin_inset Newline newline
35132 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35136 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35144 and this Wiki-page:
35145 \begin_inset Newline newline
35149 \begin_inset Flex URL
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35162 \begin_layout Subsection
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35167 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35170 \begin_layout Description
35171 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35172 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35178 \begin_layout Description
35179 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35180 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35186 \begin_layout Description
35188 \begin_inset space ~
35191 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35192 \begin_inset space ~
35196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35198 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35205 \begin_layout Description
35207 \begin_inset space ~
35210 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35211 \begin_inset space ~
35215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35217 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35224 \begin_layout Description
35226 \begin_inset space ~
35229 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35236 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35243 \begin_layout Description
35245 \begin_inset space ~
35248 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35249 \begin_inset space ~
35253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35255 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35262 \begin_layout Description
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35267 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35281 \begin_layout Description
35283 \begin_inset space ~
35286 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35300 \begin_layout Description
35302 \begin_inset space ~
35305 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35306 \begin_inset space ~
35310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35312 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35319 \begin_layout Description
35321 \begin_inset space ~
35324 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35325 \begin_inset space ~
35329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35331 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35338 \begin_layout Description
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35347 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35348 \begin_inset space ~
35352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35354 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35361 \begin_layout Description
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35366 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35367 text line to the page border, see section
35368 \begin_inset space ~
35372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35374 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35381 \begin_layout Description
35383 \begin_inset space ~
35386 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35387 \begin_inset space ~
35391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35393 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35400 \begin_layout Description
35402 \begin_inset space ~
35405 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35406 text page to the page border, described in section
35407 \begin_inset space ~
35411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35413 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35420 \begin_layout Description
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35425 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35432 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35439 \begin_layout Description
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35448 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35455 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35462 \begin_layout Subsection
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35468 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35470 \begin_inset space ~
35474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35476 reference "sec:toc"
35481 The index list is described in section
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35488 reference "sec:Index"
35492 , the nomenclature in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35503 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 To insert floats, described in section
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35529 reference "sec:Floats"
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35541 To insert notes, described in section
35542 \begin_inset space ~
35546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35548 reference "sec:Notes"
35555 \begin_layout Subsection
35559 \begin_layout Standard
35560 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35561 \begin_inset space ~
35565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35567 reference "sec:Branches"
35574 \begin_layout Subsection
35579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35589 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35590 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35616 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35623 reference "sec:Minipages"
35628 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35639 \begin_layout Subsection
35643 \begin_layout Standard
35644 Inserts a citation as described in section
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35651 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35658 \begin_layout Subsection
35662 \begin_layout Standard
35663 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35670 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35677 \begin_layout Subsection
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 Inserts a label as described in section
35683 \begin_inset space ~
35687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35689 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35696 \begin_layout Subsection
35701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 Longtables ! Caption
35720 \begin_layout Standard
35721 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35722 Floats are described in section
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35729 reference "sec:Floats"
35733 , captions in longtables are described in section
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Index"
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35767 \begin_layout Standard
35768 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35769 \begin_inset space ~
35773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35775 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35782 \begin_layout Subsection
35786 \begin_layout Standard
35788 Tables are described in section
35789 \begin_inset space ~
35793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35795 reference "sec:Tables"
35802 \begin_layout Subsection
35806 \begin_layout Standard
35808 Graphics are described in section
35809 \begin_inset space ~
35813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35815 reference "sec:Graphics"
35822 \begin_layout Subsection
35826 \begin_layout Standard
35827 Inserts an URL as described in section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sub:URLs"
35841 \begin_layout Subsection
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35847 \begin_inset space ~
35851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35853 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35860 \begin_layout Subsection
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 Inserts a footnote, see section
35866 \begin_inset space ~
35870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35872 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35879 \begin_layout Subsection
35883 \begin_layout Standard
35884 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35885 \begin_inset space ~
35889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35891 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35898 \begin_layout Subsection
35902 \begin_layout Standard
35903 Inserts a short title, see section
35904 \begin_inset space ~
35908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35910 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35917 \begin_layout Subsection
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35922 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35923 \begin_inset space ~
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35929 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35936 \begin_layout Subsection
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35950 \begin_layout Standard
35951 Inserts a program listings box.
35952 Program listings are explained in chapter
35954 Program Code Listings
35963 \begin_layout Subsection
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 Inserts the actual date.
35969 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
35971 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35981 There the different methods are also compared.
35984 \begin_layout Section
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35998 \begin_layout Standard
35999 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36003 of the current document.
36004 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36007 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36013 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36019 \begin_inset space \space{}
36023 \begin_inset space ~
36027 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36028 \begin_inset space ~
36031 2.5 and use the menu
36034 \begin_inset space ~
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36045 \begin_inset space ~
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36061 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36065 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36071 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36077 \begin_layout Standard
36078 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36079 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36082 \begin_layout Subsection
36083 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36087 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36091 \begin_layout Subsection
36095 \begin_layout Standard
36096 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36097 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36098 on a cross-reference box.
36101 \begin_layout Section
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36120 Change Tracking is described in section
36121 \begin_inset space ~
36125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36127 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36134 \begin_layout Subsection
36139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 \begin_layout Standard
36150 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36152 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36155 \begin_layout Standard
36156 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36161 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36164 \begin_layout Subsection
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36169 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36170 \begin_inset space ~
36174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36176 reference "sec:Navigating"
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36183 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36190 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 Start Appendix Here
36194 \begin_layout Standard
36195 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36196 position as described in section
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36203 reference "sec:Appendices"
36210 \begin_layout Subsection
36214 \begin_layout Standard
36215 Un/compresses the actual document.
36218 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 The document settings are described in appendix
36224 \begin_inset space ~
36228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36230 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36237 \begin_layout Section
36242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 \begin_layout Subsection
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 Spell checking is explained in section
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36263 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36270 \begin_layout Subsection
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36275 The thesaurus is described in section
36276 \begin_inset space ~
36280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36282 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36289 \begin_layout Subsection
36294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 \begin_layout Standard
36314 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36315 highlighted document part.
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36332 \begin_layout Standard
36333 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36336 \begin_layout Subsection
36341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36342 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36353 Reconfiguration of LyX
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36374 Reconfiguration of LyX
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36383 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36384 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36385 \begin_inset space ~
36389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36391 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36398 \begin_layout Subsection
36402 \begin_layout Standard
36403 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36410 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36417 \begin_layout Section
36422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36432 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36436 \begin_layout Standard
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36445 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36446 found by LyX (see also section
36447 \begin_inset space ~
36451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36453 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36460 \begin_layout Section
36462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36464 name "sec:Toolbars"
36471 \begin_layout Standard
36472 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36473 \begin_inset space ~
36477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36479 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36488 This is described in the
36490 Additional Features
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 \begin_layout Standard
36510 \begin_inset Graphics
36511 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36519 \begin_layout Standard
36520 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36526 \begin_layout Standard
36527 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36544 \begin_inset Note Note
36547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36553 manual for more information.
36561 \begin_layout Standard
36562 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36569 \begin_inset Tabular
36570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36571 <features islongtable="true">
36572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 \begin_inset Graphics
36580 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36594 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36608 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36614 \begin_layout Standard
36616 \begin_inset Tabular
36617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36618 <features islongtable="true">
36619 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36620 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36628 \begin_inset Graphics
36629 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36657 \begin_inset Graphics
36658 filename ../images/file-open.png
36659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36674 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36686 \begin_inset Graphics
36687 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36715 \begin_inset Graphics
36716 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36717 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36744 \begin_inset Graphics
36745 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36761 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36773 \begin_inset Graphics
36774 filename ../images/undo.png
36775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36802 \begin_inset Graphics
36803 filename ../images/redo.png
36804 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36831 \begin_inset Graphics
36832 filename ../images/cut.png
36833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36848 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 \begin_inset Graphics
36861 filename ../images/copy.png
36862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36877 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 \begin_inset Graphics
36890 filename ../images/paste.png
36891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36918 \begin_inset Graphics
36919 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36920 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36921 rotateOrigin center
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 \begin_inset Graphics
36957 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36973 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36975 \begin_inset space ~
36986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 \begin_inset Graphics
36992 filename ../images/font-noun.png
36993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37006 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37008 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37010 \begin_inset space ~
37021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 \begin_inset Graphics
37027 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 Formats text using the current settings in the
37043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37045 \begin_inset space ~
37056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37061 \begin_inset Graphics
37062 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37063 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37079 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37081 \begin_inset space ~
37090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 \begin_inset Graphics
37096 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37098 rotateOrigin center
37107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37125 \begin_inset Graphics
37126 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37128 rotateOrigin center
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 \begin_inset Graphics
37156 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37158 rotateOrigin center
37167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37171 Toggle outline window on/off,
37173 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 \begin_inset Graphics
37186 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37188 rotateOrigin center
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37212 \begin_inset Graphics
37213 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37215 rotateOrigin center
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37241 \begin_layout Subsection
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset Graphics
37257 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37272 \begin_layout Standard
37273 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37278 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37284 \begin_layout Standard
37285 \begin_inset Tabular
37286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37287 <features islongtable="true">
37288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37289 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 \begin_inset Graphics
37296 filename ../images/layout.png
37297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37298 rotateOrigin center
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_inset Graphics
37323 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37325 rotateOrigin center
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 \begin_inset Graphics
37350 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37352 rotateOrigin center
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 \begin_inset Graphics
37377 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37379 rotateOrigin center
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 \begin_inset Graphics
37404 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37406 rotateOrigin center
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 \begin_inset Graphics
37431 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37433 rotateOrigin center
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37450 \begin_inset space ~
37454 \begin_inset space ~
37463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 \begin_inset Graphics
37469 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37471 rotateOrigin center
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37488 \begin_inset space ~
37492 \begin_inset space ~
37501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37524 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 \begin_inset Graphics
37537 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37554 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 \begin_inset Graphics
37567 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 \begin_inset Graphics
37596 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 \begin_inset Graphics
37654 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37672 \begin_inset space ~
37681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37686 \begin_inset Graphics
37687 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37705 \begin_inset space ~
37714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 \begin_inset Graphics
37720 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 \begin_inset Graphics
37749 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37751 rotateOrigin center
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37768 \begin_inset space ~
37777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 \begin_inset Graphics
37783 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37800 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_inset Graphics
37817 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_inset Graphics
37875 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 \begin_inset Graphics
37919 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37920 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37936 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37966 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 \begin_inset Graphics
37983 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37985 rotateOrigin center
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38002 \begin_inset space ~
38011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 \begin_inset Graphics
38017 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38018 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38019 rotateOrigin center
38028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38036 \begin_inset space ~
38045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 \begin_inset Graphics
38051 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38053 rotateOrigin center
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38082 \begin_layout Subsection
38083 View / Update Toolbar
38087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 Toolbar ! View / Update
38096 \begin_layout Standard
38097 \begin_inset Graphics
38098 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38105 \begin_layout Standard
38106 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38112 \begin_layout Standard
38113 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38117 \begin_layout Standard
38118 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38124 \begin_layout Standard
38125 \begin_inset Tabular
38126 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38127 <features islongtable="true">
38128 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38129 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 \begin_inset Graphics
38136 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38137 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38138 rotateOrigin center
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38165 \begin_inset Graphics
38166 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38167 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38168 rotateOrigin center
38177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38184 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 \begin_inset Graphics
38197 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38198 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38199 rotateOrigin center
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38226 \begin_inset Graphics
38227 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38229 rotateOrigin center
38238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38245 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38257 \begin_inset Graphics
38258 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38260 rotateOrigin center
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38275 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset Graphics
38288 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38290 rotateOrigin center
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38306 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38320 \begin_layout Subsection
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38326 \begin_inset space ~
38330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38332 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38336 , the table toolbar
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 manual, the math macro toolbar
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 \begin_layout Chapter
38368 The Document Settings
38369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38371 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 Document ! Settings
38388 \begin_layout Standard
38389 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38390 whole document and is called with the menu
38392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38396 You can save your document settings as default with th
38398 e Save as Document Defaults
38400 button in the dialog.
38401 This will create a template name
38409 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38413 \begin_layout Standard
38414 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38417 \begin_layout Section
38421 \begin_layout Standard
38422 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38424 Document classes are described in section
38425 \begin_inset space ~
38429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38431 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38436 Some classes use some class options by default.
38437 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38441 and you can decide to use them or not.
38442 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38443 recommended not to touch them.
38444 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38450 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38451 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 When you want one of the following drivers
38457 \begin_inset Newline newline
38460 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38461 \begin_inset Newline newline
38464 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38471 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38485 child or subdocument.
38486 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38487 without its master.
38488 This way child documents are always compileable.
38489 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38500 \begin_layout Section
38504 \begin_layout Standard
38505 Modules are explained in section
38506 \begin_inset space ~
38510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38512 reference "sub:Modules"
38519 \begin_layout Section
38523 \begin_layout Standard
38524 The document font settings are described in section
38525 \begin_inset space ~
38529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38531 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38538 \begin_layout Section
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38545 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38549 \begin_layout Standard
38550 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38551 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38552 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38555 \begin_layout Standard
38556 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38564 \begin_layout Section
38568 \begin_layout Standard
38569 A description of this menu is given in section
38570 \begin_inset space ~
38574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38576 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38583 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38590 \begin_layout Section
38594 \begin_layout Standard
38595 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38596 \begin_inset space ~
38600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38602 reference "sub:Margins"
38609 \begin_layout Section
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 Language ! Encoding
38623 \begin_layout Standard
38624 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38625 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38626 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38627 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38628 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38629 known for a particular character).
38633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38634 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38635 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38640 manual for details.
38648 \begin_layout Standard
38649 If you use the option
38653 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38654 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38655 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38656 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38657 exactly one encoding.
38658 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38667 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38668 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38670 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38685 \begin_layout Standard
38686 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38687 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38688 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38689 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38690 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38691 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38696 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38697 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38698 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38701 \begin_layout Standard
38702 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38705 \begin_layout Description
38707 \begin_inset space ~
38711 \begin_inset space ~
38715 \begin_inset space ~
38722 , but the LaTeX-package
38730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38731 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38737 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38738 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38739 languages in TeX code.
38742 \begin_layout Description
38743 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38744 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38745 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38748 \begin_layout Description
38750 \begin_inset space ~
38754 \begin_inset space ~
38757 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38760 \begin_layout Description
38762 \begin_inset space ~
38766 \begin_inset space ~
38769 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38772 \begin_layout Description
38774 \begin_inset space ~
38777 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38780 \begin_layout Description
38782 \begin_inset space ~
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38789 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38790 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38793 \begin_layout Description
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38799 \begin_inset space ~
38802 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38806 \begin_layout Description
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38815 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38816 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38819 \begin_layout Description
38821 \begin_inset space ~
38825 \begin_inset space ~
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38832 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38833 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_layout Description
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38845 \begin_inset space ~
38849 \begin_inset space ~
38852 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38853 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38856 \begin_layout Description
38858 \begin_inset space ~
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38865 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38866 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38867 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38868 \begin_inset space ~
38872 \begin_inset space ~
38878 \begin_layout Description
38880 \begin_inset space ~
38884 \begin_inset space ~
38887 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38888 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38889 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38890 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38891 \begin_inset space ~
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_layout Description
38903 \begin_inset space ~
38907 \begin_inset space ~
38910 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38913 \begin_layout Description
38915 \begin_inset space ~
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38922 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38925 \begin_layout Description
38927 \begin_inset space ~
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38934 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
38937 \begin_layout Description
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38942 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
38945 \begin_layout Description
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38950 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
38953 \begin_layout Description
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38962 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
38965 \begin_layout Description
38967 \begin_inset space ~
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38977 \begin_layout Description
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38986 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
38989 \begin_layout Description
38991 \begin_inset space ~
38995 \begin_inset space ~
39001 \begin_layout Description
39003 \begin_inset space ~
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39010 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39019 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39024 , when using this, set the document language to
39029 \begin_layout Description
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39038 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39042 , when using this, set the document language to
39047 \begin_layout Description
39049 \begin_inset space ~
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39056 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39065 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39070 , when using this, set the document language to
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39084 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39088 , when using this, set the document language to
39093 \begin_layout Description
39095 \begin_inset space ~
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39102 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39106 , when using this, set the document language to
39111 \begin_layout Description
39113 \begin_inset space ~
39116 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39119 \begin_layout Description
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39129 \begin_inset space ~
39132 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39135 \begin_layout Description
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset space ~
39148 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39149 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39150 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39153 \begin_layout Description
39155 \begin_inset space ~
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39165 \begin_layout Description
39167 \begin_inset space ~
39171 \begin_inset space ~
39174 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39175 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39178 \begin_layout Description
39180 \begin_inset space ~
39184 \begin_inset space ~
39187 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39196 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39201 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39204 \begin_layout Description
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39213 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39217 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39226 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39227 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39241 \begin_layout Description
39243 \begin_inset space ~
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39250 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39264 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39267 \begin_layout Description
39269 \begin_inset space ~
39272 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39281 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39287 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39291 \begin_layout Description
39293 \begin_inset space ~
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39304 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39311 \begin_layout Description
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39321 \begin_inset space ~
39324 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39325 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39326 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39330 \begin_layout Description
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39343 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39344 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39347 \begin_layout Section
39351 \begin_layout Standard
39352 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39360 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39367 \begin_layout Section
39371 \begin_layout Standard
39372 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39395 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39401 For a further description see section
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39408 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39415 \begin_layout Section
39419 \begin_layout Standard
39420 The PDF properties are explained in section
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39434 \begin_layout Section
39438 \begin_layout Standard
39439 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39462 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39467 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39475 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39476 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39479 \begin_layout Standard
39484 is used for special integral characters.
39487 \begin_layout Section
39491 \begin_layout Standard
39492 The float placement options are described in section
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39499 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39506 \begin_layout Section
39510 \begin_layout Standard
39511 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39512 The itemize environment is described in section
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39519 reference "sec:Itemize"
39526 \begin_layout Section
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 Branches are described in section
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39538 reference "sec:Branches"
39545 \begin_layout Section
39550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39561 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39562 to define LaTeX-commands.
39563 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39564 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39569 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39570 \begin_inset space ~
39574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39576 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39583 \begin_layout Chapter
39589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39591 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39608 \begin_layout Standard
39609 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39611 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39615 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39618 \begin_layout Section
39622 \begin_layout Subsection
39626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39627 User Interface File
39631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 Customization ! of toolbars
39641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39642 Customization ! of menus
39650 \begin_layout Standard
39651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39668 \begin_layout Standard
39669 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39670 interface (ui) file.
39671 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39672 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39681 Both files are loaded by the
39686 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39687 files and edit the entries.
39690 \begin_layout Standard
39691 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39703 entries must be ended with an explicit
39728 and in the case of the
39729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39741 The syntax for the entries is:
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39745 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39773 \begin_layout Standard
39775 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39778 All LyX-functions are listed in
39779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39788 \begin_layout Standard
39789 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39795 \begin_layout Standard
39796 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39798 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39801 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39806 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39811 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39814 \begin_layout Standard
39816 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39819 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39826 \begin_layout Standard
39829 Enable tool tips in main work area
39831 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39839 \begin_layout Standard
39843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39850 restoring of window layout and geometries
39852 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39853 in the last LyX session.
39856 \begin_layout Standard
39859 Restore cursor positions
39861 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39865 \begin_layout Standard
39868 Load opened files from last session
39870 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39877 name "sub:Backup documents"
39885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39894 \begin_layout Standard
39899 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39902 \begin_layout Standard
39907 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39920 \begin_layout Standard
39923 Open documents in tabs
39925 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39929 \begin_layout Subsection
39934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39943 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39950 \begin_layout Standard
39951 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39954 \begin_layout Standard
39955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 This section only deals with the fonts
39968 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39972 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39983 \begin_layout Standard
39984 By default, LyX uses
39988 as roman (serif) font,
39996 (depends on the system) as
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40015 \begin_layout Standard
40016 You can change the font size with the
40021 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40022 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40025 \begin_layout Standard
40030 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40031 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40036 points have the size of 1
40037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40047 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40054 \begin_layout Standard
40059 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40064 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40071 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40078 \begin_layout Standard
40081 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40083 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40084 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40085 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40086 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40088 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40089 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_layout Subsection
40100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40119 \begin_layout Standard
40120 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40121 Choose an item in the list and use the
40128 \begin_layout Subsection
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40134 Settings ! Graphics
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40143 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40146 \begin_layout Standard
40151 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40152 This feature is described in section
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40159 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40166 \begin_layout Section
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 \begin_layout Subsection
40184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40188 \begin_layout Standard
40191 Cursor follows scrollbar
40193 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40200 Sort environments alphabetically
40202 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40205 \begin_layout Standard
40208 Group environments by their category
40210 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40218 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40223 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40224 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40228 \begin_layout Subsection
40233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40244 Settings ! Shortcuts
40252 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40256 \begin_layout Standard
40257 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40258 Several binding files are available:
40261 \begin_layout Description
40262 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40265 \begin_layout Description
40266 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40277 \begin_layout Description
40278 mac.bind set of bindings for
40281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40289 \begin_layout Standard
40290 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40294 , and bind files for special languages.
40295 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40300 \begin_inset space \space{}
40304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40312 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 Some bind-files, like
40321 , have only a small scope.
40322 When looking at the the end of the file
40326 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40333 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40342 Key Bindings ! Editing
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40351 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40352 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40353 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40356 Show key-bindings containing
40359 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40360 Insert there for example as keyword
40361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40368 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40378 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40379 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40383 that you find in the
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40396 \begin_inset space \space{}
40407 , select the function and press the
40412 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40413 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40414 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40415 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40416 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40418 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40420 The binding for the function
40424 is an example for this.
40427 \begin_layout Standard
40428 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40430 The syntax of the entries is:
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40457 \begin_layout Subsection
40459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40469 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40488 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40496 \begin_layout Standard
40497 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40498 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40504 \begin_inset space \space{}
40507 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40508 can use the keyboard map file named
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40524 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40532 \begin_layout Standard
40533 Besides this, you can specify here the
40535 Wheel scrolling speed
40538 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40542 \begin_layout Subsection
40544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40546 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40564 Input completion is described in sec.
40565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40571 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40576 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40578 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40579 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40583 \begin_layout Section
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 \begin_layout Description
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40612 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40613 It is the default when you
40624 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_layout Description
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40637 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40639 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40641 \begin_inset space ~
40645 \begin_inset space ~
40653 \begin_layout Description
40655 \begin_inset space ~
40658 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40664 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40668 \begin_inset Newline newline
40672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40692 \begin_layout Description
40694 \begin_inset space ~
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40708 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40709 \begin_inset space ~
40713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40715 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40723 will be used to save the backups.
40724 \begin_inset Newline newline
40727 The backup files have the ending
40728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40738 \begin_layout Description
40743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40750 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40751 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40752 \begin_inset Newline newline
40756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40772 \begin_layout Description
40774 \begin_inset space ~
40777 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40780 \begin_layout Description
40782 \begin_inset space ~
40785 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40786 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40787 to find it on the system.
40788 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40789 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40798 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40799 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40803 \begin_layout Section
40807 \begin_layout Standard
40808 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40809 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40811 \begin_inset space ~
40815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40817 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40821 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40824 \begin_layout Section
40829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40830 Language ! Settings
40839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 Settings ! Language
40848 \begin_layout Subsection
40852 \begin_layout Description
40854 \begin_inset space ~
40858 \begin_inset space ~
40861 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40862 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40863 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40864 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40865 You find the actual translation status here:
40866 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40868 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40869 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40876 \begin_layout Description
40878 \begin_inset space ~
40881 language is the language used in new documents
40884 \begin_layout Description
40886 \begin_inset space ~
40889 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40891 The default is the LaTeX-command
40897 that loads the package
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40906 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40907 \begin_inset space ~
40911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40913 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40923 \begin_inset Newline newline
40930 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40931 the document language.
40932 A text label is for instance the word
40933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40940 at the beginning of every table caption.
40943 \begin_layout Description
40945 \begin_inset space ~
40948 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40949 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40950 An example is the start command
40956 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40961 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40976 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40981 \begin_layout Description
40983 \begin_inset space ~
40991 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40992 command toggles the package on and off.
40995 \begin_layout Description
40997 \begin_inset space ~
41007 \begin_layout Description
41008 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41009 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41010 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41011 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41018 \begin_layout Description
41020 \begin_inset space ~
41023 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41025 When this option is not set, the
41028 \begin_inset space ~
41033 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41034 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41037 \begin_inset space ~
41045 \begin_layout Description
41047 \begin_inset space ~
41053 \begin_inset space ~
41059 When it is not set, the
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41067 is set to the end of the document.
41070 \begin_layout Description
41072 \begin_inset space ~
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41079 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41080 language will be underlined blue.
41083 \begin_layout Description
41085 \begin_inset space ~
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41092 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41093 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41096 \begin_layout Description
41098 \begin_inset space ~
41101 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41102 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41103 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41104 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41107 \begin_layout Subsection
41111 \begin_layout Standard
41112 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41119 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41126 \begin_layout Section
41130 \begin_layout Subsection
41132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41161 \begin_layout Description
41163 \begin_inset space ~
41166 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41167 The name will be used when the
41172 \begin_inset Newline newline
41176 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41193 \begin_layout Description
41195 \begin_inset space ~
41199 \begin_inset space ~
41203 \begin_inset space ~
41206 printer This option works only for the
41211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41223 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41224 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41227 \begin_layout Description
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 command is the command LyX
41233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41240 LaTeX uses for printing.
41241 The default is on most systems
41248 \begin_layout Description
41250 \begin_inset space ~
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41257 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41258 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41259 of the program that provides the
41266 \begin_layout Subsection
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41282 Settings ! Date format
41290 \begin_layout Standard
41291 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41292 \begin_inset Newline newline
41296 \begin_inset Flex URL
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41301 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41307 \begin_inset Newline newline
41310 For example the format
41311 \begin_inset Newline newline
41315 \begin_inset Newline newline
41318 prints the date as day/month/year.
41321 \begin_layout Subsection
41325 \begin_layout Description
41327 \begin_inset space ~
41331 \begin_inset space ~
41334 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41337 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41338 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41340 \begin_inset space ~
41346 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41350 \begin_layout Description
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41355 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41360 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41361 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41364 \begin_layout Subsection
41369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41379 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 \begin_layout Description
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41412 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41417 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41439 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41452 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41453 LyX sets up in the background.
41454 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41457 \begin_layout Description
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41463 \begin_inset space ~
41466 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41471 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41474 \begin_layout Standard
41475 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41476 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41477 manuals of the applications.
41478 Currently the following commands can be set:
41481 \begin_layout Description
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 \begin_inset space ~
41497 command Command for the program
41501 that is described in section
41507 Additional Features
41512 \begin_layout Description
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 \begin_inset space ~
41528 command Command for the program
41532 that generates the bibliography, see section
41533 \begin_inset space ~
41537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41539 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41546 \begin_layout Description
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41551 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41552 \begin_inset space ~
41556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41558 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41565 \begin_layout Description
41567 \begin_inset space ~
41570 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41577 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41584 \begin_layout Description
41586 \begin_inset space ~
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41594 \begin_inset space ~
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41601 options They only have an effect when the program
41605 is used as DVI-viewer.
41608 \begin_layout Description
41609 There are additionally the following options:
41612 \begin_layout Description
41614 \begin_inset space ~
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41630 \begin_inset space ~
41633 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41651 to separate folders.
41652 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 \begin_layout Description
41677 \begin_inset space ~
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41700 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41705 dialog when changing the document class.
41708 \begin_layout Section
41710 \begin_inset space ~
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41726 \begin_layout Subsection
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 \begin_layout Standard
41741 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41742 from one format to another.
41743 You can modify them or create new ones.
41744 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41761 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41770 drop-down list, modify the
41774 field, and press the
41781 \begin_layout Standard
41784 Converter File Cache
41786 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41789 Maximum Age (in days
41792 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41793 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41796 \begin_layout Standard
41797 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41798 the converter definition, is described in section
41809 \begin_layout Subsection
41811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41813 name "sec:File-Formats"
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 \begin_layout Standard
41841 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41842 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41846 \begin_layout Standard
41847 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41848 is described in section
41859 \begin_layout Standard
41860 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41861 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41862 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41863 This is done by specifying a
41868 More about this is described in section
41879 \begin_layout Chapter
41880 Units available in LyX
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41893 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41900 \begin_layout Standard
41901 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41904 reference "cap:Units"
41908 explains all units available in LyX.
41911 \begin_layout Standard
41912 \begin_inset Float table
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 \begin_inset Caption
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 \begin_inset Tabular
41946 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 scaled point (65536
42101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42161 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 % of original image width
42223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42430 \begin_layout Chapter
42432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42441 \begin_layout Standard
42442 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42443 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42446 \begin_layout Itemize
42449 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42452 \begin_layout Itemize
42458 \begin_layout Itemize
42464 \begin_layout Itemize
42470 \begin_layout Itemize
42476 \begin_layout Itemize
42482 \begin_layout Itemize
42488 \begin_layout Itemize
42494 \begin_layout Itemize
42497 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42500 \begin_layout Itemize
42506 \begin_layout Itemize
42512 \begin_layout Itemize
42518 \begin_layout Itemize
42524 \begin_layout Itemize
42530 \begin_layout Itemize
42536 \begin_layout Itemize
42542 \begin_layout Itemize
42548 \begin_layout Itemize
42550 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42559 \begin_layout Standard
42560 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42563 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42570 \begin_layout Bibliography
42571 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42572 LatexCommand bibitem
42579 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42582 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42587 \begin_inset Newline newline
42591 \begin_inset Flex URL
42594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42596 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42604 \begin_layout Bibliography
42605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42606 LatexCommand bibitem
42607 key "latexcompanion"
42611 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42613 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42616 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42619 \begin_layout Bibliography
42620 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42621 LatexCommand bibitem
42626 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42629 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42632 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42635 \begin_layout Bibliography
42636 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42637 LatexCommand bibitem
42644 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42647 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42650 \begin_layout Bibliography
42651 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42652 LatexCommand bibitem
42664 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42667 \begin_layout Bibliography
42668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42669 LatexCommand bibitem
42675 \begin_inset Newline newline
42679 \begin_inset Flex URL
42682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42692 \begin_layout Bibliography
42693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42694 LatexCommand bibitem
42700 \begin_inset Newline newline
42704 \begin_inset Flex URL
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42709 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42717 \begin_layout Bibliography
42718 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42719 LatexCommand bibitem
42725 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42727 name "Documentation"
42728 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42737 \begin_inset Newline newline
42741 \begin_inset Flex URL
42744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42754 \begin_layout Bibliography
42755 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42756 LatexCommand bibitem
42762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42764 name "Documentation"
42765 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42774 \begin_inset Newline newline
42778 \begin_inset Flex URL
42781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42783 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42791 \begin_layout Bibliography
42792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42793 LatexCommand bibitem
42799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42801 name "Documentation"
42802 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42811 \begin_inset Newline newline
42815 \begin_inset Flex URL
42818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42828 \begin_layout Bibliography
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42830 LatexCommand bibitem
42836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42838 name "Documentation"
42839 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42843 of the LaTeX-package
42851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42852 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42858 \begin_inset Newline newline
42862 \begin_inset Flex URL
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42867 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42875 \begin_layout Bibliography
42876 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42877 LatexCommand bibitem
42883 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42885 name "Documentation"
42886 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42890 of the LaTeX-package
42898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42905 \begin_inset Newline newline
42909 \begin_inset Flex URL
42912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42914 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42922 \begin_layout Bibliography
42923 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42924 LatexCommand bibitem
42932 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42934 name "Documentation"
42935 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42941 of the LaTeX-package
42949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42950 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42956 \begin_inset Newline newline
42960 \begin_inset Flex URL
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42965 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42973 \begin_layout Bibliography
42974 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42975 LatexCommand bibitem
42981 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42983 name "Documentation"
42984 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42988 of the LaTeX-package
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43003 \begin_inset Newline newline
43007 \begin_inset Flex URL
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43020 \begin_layout Bibliography
43021 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43022 LatexCommand bibitem
43028 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43030 name "Documentation"
43031 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43035 of the LaTeX-package
43043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43044 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43050 \begin_inset Newline newline
43054 \begin_inset Flex URL
43057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43059 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43067 \begin_layout Bibliography
43068 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43069 LatexCommand bibitem
43075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43077 name "Documentation"
43078 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43082 of the LaTeX-package
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43097 \begin_inset Newline newline
43101 \begin_inset Flex URL
43104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43114 \begin_layout Bibliography
43115 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43116 LatexCommand bibitem
43122 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43125 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43129 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43130 \begin_inset Newline newline
43134 \begin_inset Flex URL
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43139 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43147 \begin_layout Bibliography
43148 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43149 LatexCommand bibitem
43155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43158 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43162 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43163 \begin_inset Newline newline
43167 \begin_inset Flex URL
43170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43172 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43180 \begin_layout Bibliography
43181 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43182 LatexCommand bibitem
43188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43191 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43195 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43196 \begin_inset Newline newline
43200 \begin_inset Flex URL
43203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43213 \begin_layout Bibliography
43214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43215 LatexCommand bibitem
43221 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43224 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43228 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43229 \begin_inset Newline newline
43233 \begin_inset Flex URL
43236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43238 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43246 \begin_layout Bibliography
43247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43248 LatexCommand bibitem
43254 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43257 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43261 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43262 \begin_inset Newline newline
43266 \begin_inset Flex URL
43269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43271 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43279 \begin_layout Bibliography
43280 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43281 LatexCommand bibitem
43287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43290 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43294 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43295 \begin_inset Newline newline
43299 \begin_inset Flex URL
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43304 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43312 \begin_layout Bibliography
43313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43314 LatexCommand bibitem
43320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43323 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43327 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43328 \begin_inset Newline newline
43332 \begin_inset Flex URL
43335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43337 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43345 \begin_layout Bibliography
43346 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43347 LatexCommand bibitem
43353 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43356 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43360 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43361 \begin_inset Newline newline
43365 \begin_inset Flex URL
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43378 \begin_layout Bibliography
43379 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43380 LatexCommand bibitem
43386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43389 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43393 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43394 \begin_inset Newline newline
43398 \begin_inset Flex URL
43401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43403 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43411 \begin_layout Bibliography
43412 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43413 LatexCommand bibitem
43419 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43422 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43426 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43427 \begin_inset Newline newline
43431 \begin_inset Flex URL
43434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43436 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43444 \begin_layout Bibliography
43445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43446 LatexCommand bibitem
43452 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43455 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43459 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43460 \begin_inset Newline newline
43464 \begin_inset Flex URL
43467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43469 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43477 \begin_layout Bibliography
43478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43479 LatexCommand bibitem
43485 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43488 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43492 about new features in
43497 \begin_inset Newline newline
43501 \begin_inset Flex URL
43504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43506 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43514 \begin_layout Standard
43515 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43549 \begin_inset Note Note
43552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43559 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43560 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43561 bibliography is the second one:
43569 \begin_layout Standard
43570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43571 LatexCommand bibtex
43572 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43573 options "biblio/alphadin"
43580 \begin_layout Standard
43581 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43584 \begin_layout Standard
43587 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43588 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43593 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43594 LatexCommand printindex